|
7
|
1 /* vi:set ts=8 sts=4 sw=4:
|
|
|
2 *
|
|
|
3 * VIM - Vi IMproved by Bram Moolenaar
|
|
|
4 *
|
|
|
5 * Do ":help uganda" in Vim to read copying and usage conditions.
|
|
|
6 * Do ":help credits" in Vim to see a list of people who contributed.
|
|
|
7 * See README.txt for an overview of the Vim source code.
|
|
|
8 */
|
|
|
9
|
|
|
10 /*
|
|
|
11 * misc2.c: Various functions.
|
|
|
12 */
|
|
|
13 #include "vim.h"
|
|
|
14
|
|
|
15 #ifdef HAVE_FCNTL_H
|
|
|
16 # include <fcntl.h> /* for chdir() */
|
|
|
17 #endif
|
|
|
18
|
|
359
|
19 static char_u *username = NULL; /* cached result of mch_get_user_name() */
|
|
|
20
|
|
|
21 static char_u *ff_expand_buffer = NULL; /* used for expanding filenames */
|
|
|
22
|
|
7
|
23 #if defined(FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT) || defined(PROTO)
|
|
|
24 static int coladvance2 __ARGS((pos_T *pos, int addspaces, int finetune, colnr_T wcol));
|
|
|
25
|
|
|
26 /*
|
|
|
27 * Return TRUE if in the current mode we need to use virtual.
|
|
|
28 */
|
|
|
29 int
|
|
|
30 virtual_active()
|
|
|
31 {
|
|
|
32 /* While an operator is being executed we return "virtual_op", because
|
|
|
33 * VIsual_active has already been reset, thus we can't check for "block"
|
|
|
34 * being used. */
|
|
|
35 if (virtual_op != MAYBE)
|
|
|
36 return virtual_op;
|
|
|
37 return (ve_flags == VE_ALL
|
|
|
38 # ifdef FEAT_VISUAL
|
|
|
39 || ((ve_flags & VE_BLOCK) && VIsual_active && VIsual_mode == Ctrl_V)
|
|
|
40 # endif
|
|
|
41 || ((ve_flags & VE_INSERT) && (State & INSERT)));
|
|
|
42 }
|
|
|
43
|
|
|
44 /*
|
|
|
45 * Get the screen position of the cursor.
|
|
|
46 */
|
|
|
47 int
|
|
|
48 getviscol()
|
|
|
49 {
|
|
|
50 colnr_T x;
|
|
|
51
|
|
|
52 getvvcol(curwin, &curwin->w_cursor, &x, NULL, NULL);
|
|
|
53 return (int)x;
|
|
|
54 }
|
|
|
55
|
|
|
56 /*
|
|
|
57 * Get the screen position of character col with a coladd in the cursor line.
|
|
|
58 */
|
|
|
59 int
|
|
|
60 getviscol2(col, coladd)
|
|
|
61 colnr_T col;
|
|
|
62 colnr_T coladd;
|
|
|
63 {
|
|
|
64 colnr_T x;
|
|
|
65 pos_T pos;
|
|
|
66
|
|
|
67 pos.lnum = curwin->w_cursor.lnum;
|
|
|
68 pos.col = col;
|
|
|
69 pos.coladd = coladd;
|
|
|
70 getvvcol(curwin, &pos, &x, NULL, NULL);
|
|
|
71 return (int)x;
|
|
|
72 }
|
|
|
73
|
|
|
74 /*
|
|
1209
|
75 * Go to column "wcol", and add/insert white space as necessary to get the
|
|
7
|
76 * cursor in that column.
|
|
|
77 * The caller must have saved the cursor line for undo!
|
|
|
78 */
|
|
|
79 int
|
|
|
80 coladvance_force(wcol)
|
|
|
81 colnr_T wcol;
|
|
|
82 {
|
|
|
83 int rc = coladvance2(&curwin->w_cursor, TRUE, FALSE, wcol);
|
|
|
84
|
|
|
85 if (wcol == MAXCOL)
|
|
|
86 curwin->w_valid &= ~VALID_VIRTCOL;
|
|
|
87 else
|
|
|
88 {
|
|
|
89 /* Virtcol is valid */
|
|
|
90 curwin->w_valid |= VALID_VIRTCOL;
|
|
|
91 curwin->w_virtcol = wcol;
|
|
|
92 }
|
|
|
93 return rc;
|
|
|
94 }
|
|
|
95 #endif
|
|
|
96
|
|
|
97 /*
|
|
|
98 * Try to advance the Cursor to the specified screen column.
|
|
|
99 * If virtual editing: fine tune the cursor position.
|
|
|
100 * Note that all virtual positions off the end of a line should share
|
|
|
101 * a curwin->w_cursor.col value (n.b. this is equal to STRLEN(line)),
|
|
|
102 * beginning at coladd 0.
|
|
|
103 *
|
|
|
104 * return OK if desired column is reached, FAIL if not
|
|
|
105 */
|
|
|
106 int
|
|
|
107 coladvance(wcol)
|
|
|
108 colnr_T wcol;
|
|
|
109 {
|
|
|
110 int rc = getvpos(&curwin->w_cursor, wcol);
|
|
|
111
|
|
|
112 if (wcol == MAXCOL || rc == FAIL)
|
|
|
113 curwin->w_valid &= ~VALID_VIRTCOL;
|
|
44
|
114 else if (*ml_get_cursor() != TAB)
|
|
7
|
115 {
|
|
44
|
116 /* Virtcol is valid when not on a TAB */
|
|
7
|
117 curwin->w_valid |= VALID_VIRTCOL;
|
|
|
118 curwin->w_virtcol = wcol;
|
|
|
119 }
|
|
|
120 return rc;
|
|
|
121 }
|
|
|
122
|
|
|
123 /*
|
|
|
124 * Return in "pos" the position of the cursor advanced to screen column "wcol".
|
|
|
125 * return OK if desired column is reached, FAIL if not
|
|
|
126 */
|
|
|
127 int
|
|
|
128 getvpos(pos, wcol)
|
|
|
129 pos_T *pos;
|
|
|
130 colnr_T wcol;
|
|
|
131 {
|
|
|
132 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT
|
|
|
133 return coladvance2(pos, FALSE, virtual_active(), wcol);
|
|
|
134 }
|
|
|
135
|
|
|
136 static int
|
|
|
137 coladvance2(pos, addspaces, finetune, wcol)
|
|
|
138 pos_T *pos;
|
|
|
139 int addspaces; /* change the text to achieve our goal? */
|
|
1209
|
140 int finetune; /* change char offset for the exact column */
|
|
7
|
141 colnr_T wcol; /* column to move to */
|
|
|
142 {
|
|
|
143 #endif
|
|
|
144 int idx;
|
|
|
145 char_u *ptr;
|
|
|
146 char_u *line;
|
|
|
147 colnr_T col = 0;
|
|
|
148 int csize = 0;
|
|
|
149 int one_more;
|
|
|
150 #ifdef FEAT_LINEBREAK
|
|
|
151 int head = 0;
|
|
|
152 #endif
|
|
|
153
|
|
772
|
154 one_more = (State & INSERT)
|
|
|
155 || restart_edit != NUL
|
|
7
|
156 #ifdef FEAT_VISUAL
|
|
772
|
157 || (VIsual_active && *p_sel != 'o')
|
|
|
158 #endif
|
|
|
159 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT
|
|
782
|
160 || ((ve_flags & VE_ONEMORE) && wcol < MAXCOL)
|
|
772
|
161 #endif
|
|
|
162 ;
|
|
7
|
163 line = ml_get_curline();
|
|
|
164
|
|
|
165 if (wcol >= MAXCOL)
|
|
|
166 {
|
|
|
167 idx = (int)STRLEN(line) - 1 + one_more;
|
|
|
168 col = wcol;
|
|
|
169
|
|
|
170 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT
|
|
|
171 if ((addspaces || finetune) && !VIsual_active)
|
|
|
172 {
|
|
|
173 curwin->w_curswant = linetabsize(line) + one_more;
|
|
|
174 if (curwin->w_curswant > 0)
|
|
|
175 --curwin->w_curswant;
|
|
|
176 }
|
|
|
177 #endif
|
|
|
178 }
|
|
|
179 else
|
|
|
180 {
|
|
|
181 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT
|
|
|
182 int width = W_WIDTH(curwin) - win_col_off(curwin);
|
|
|
183
|
|
620
|
184 if (finetune
|
|
7
|
185 && curwin->w_p_wrap
|
|
|
186 # ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT
|
|
|
187 && curwin->w_width != 0
|
|
|
188 # endif
|
|
|
189 && wcol >= (colnr_T)width)
|
|
|
190 {
|
|
|
191 csize = linetabsize(line);
|
|
|
192 if (csize > 0)
|
|
|
193 csize--;
|
|
|
194
|
|
620
|
195 if (wcol / width > (colnr_T)csize / width
|
|
|
196 && ((State & INSERT) == 0 || (int)wcol > csize + 1))
|
|
7
|
197 {
|
|
|
198 /* In case of line wrapping don't move the cursor beyond the
|
|
620
|
199 * right screen edge. In Insert mode allow going just beyond
|
|
|
200 * the last character (like what happens when typing and
|
|
|
201 * reaching the right window edge). */
|
|
7
|
202 wcol = (csize / width + 1) * width - 1;
|
|
|
203 }
|
|
|
204 }
|
|
|
205 #endif
|
|
|
206
|
|
|
207 idx = -1;
|
|
|
208 ptr = line;
|
|
|
209 while (col <= wcol && *ptr != NUL)
|
|
|
210 {
|
|
|
211 /* Count a tab for what it's worth (if list mode not on) */
|
|
|
212 #ifdef FEAT_LINEBREAK
|
|
|
213 csize = win_lbr_chartabsize(curwin, ptr, col, &head);
|
|
39
|
214 mb_ptr_adv(ptr);
|
|
7
|
215 #else
|
|
|
216 csize = lbr_chartabsize_adv(&ptr, col);
|
|
|
217 #endif
|
|
|
218 col += csize;
|
|
|
219 }
|
|
|
220 idx = (int)(ptr - line);
|
|
|
221 /*
|
|
|
222 * Handle all the special cases. The virtual_active() check
|
|
|
223 * is needed to ensure that a virtual position off the end of
|
|
|
224 * a line has the correct indexing. The one_more comparison
|
|
|
225 * replaces an explicit add of one_more later on.
|
|
|
226 */
|
|
|
227 if (col > wcol || (!virtual_active() && one_more == 0))
|
|
|
228 {
|
|
|
229 idx -= 1;
|
|
|
230 # ifdef FEAT_LINEBREAK
|
|
|
231 /* Don't count the chars from 'showbreak'. */
|
|
|
232 csize -= head;
|
|
|
233 # endif
|
|
|
234 col -= csize;
|
|
|
235 }
|
|
|
236
|
|
|
237 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT
|
|
|
238 if (virtual_active()
|
|
|
239 && addspaces
|
|
|
240 && ((col != wcol && col != wcol + 1) || csize > 1))
|
|
|
241 {
|
|
|
242 /* 'virtualedit' is set: The difference between wcol and col is
|
|
|
243 * filled with spaces. */
|
|
|
244
|
|
|
245 if (line[idx] == NUL)
|
|
|
246 {
|
|
|
247 /* Append spaces */
|
|
|
248 int correct = wcol - col;
|
|
|
249 char_u *newline = alloc(idx + correct + 1);
|
|
|
250 int t;
|
|
|
251
|
|
|
252 if (newline == NULL)
|
|
|
253 return FAIL;
|
|
|
254
|
|
|
255 for (t = 0; t < idx; ++t)
|
|
|
256 newline[t] = line[t];
|
|
|
257
|
|
|
258 for (t = 0; t < correct; ++t)
|
|
|
259 newline[t + idx] = ' ';
|
|
|
260
|
|
|
261 newline[idx + correct] = NUL;
|
|
|
262
|
|
|
263 ml_replace(pos->lnum, newline, FALSE);
|
|
|
264 changed_bytes(pos->lnum, (colnr_T)idx);
|
|
|
265 idx += correct;
|
|
|
266 col = wcol;
|
|
|
267 }
|
|
|
268 else
|
|
|
269 {
|
|
|
270 /* Break a tab */
|
|
|
271 int linelen = (int)STRLEN(line);
|
|
|
272 int correct = wcol - col - csize + 1; /* negative!! */
|
|
840
|
273 char_u *newline;
|
|
7
|
274 int t, s = 0;
|
|
|
275 int v;
|
|
|
276
|
|
840
|
277 if (-correct > csize)
|
|
|
278 return FAIL;
|
|
|
279
|
|
|
280 newline = alloc(linelen + csize);
|
|
|
281 if (newline == NULL)
|
|
7
|
282 return FAIL;
|
|
|
283
|
|
|
284 for (t = 0; t < linelen; t++)
|
|
|
285 {
|
|
|
286 if (t != idx)
|
|
|
287 newline[s++] = line[t];
|
|
|
288 else
|
|
|
289 for (v = 0; v < csize; v++)
|
|
|
290 newline[s++] = ' ';
|
|
|
291 }
|
|
|
292
|
|
|
293 newline[linelen + csize - 1] = NUL;
|
|
|
294
|
|
|
295 ml_replace(pos->lnum, newline, FALSE);
|
|
|
296 changed_bytes(pos->lnum, idx);
|
|
|
297 idx += (csize - 1 + correct);
|
|
|
298 col += correct;
|
|
|
299 }
|
|
|
300 }
|
|
|
301 #endif
|
|
|
302 }
|
|
|
303
|
|
|
304 if (idx < 0)
|
|
|
305 pos->col = 0;
|
|
|
306 else
|
|
|
307 pos->col = idx;
|
|
|
308
|
|
|
309 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT
|
|
|
310 pos->coladd = 0;
|
|
|
311
|
|
|
312 if (finetune)
|
|
|
313 {
|
|
|
314 if (wcol == MAXCOL)
|
|
|
315 {
|
|
|
316 /* The width of the last character is used to set coladd. */
|
|
|
317 if (!one_more)
|
|
|
318 {
|
|
|
319 colnr_T scol, ecol;
|
|
|
320
|
|
|
321 getvcol(curwin, pos, &scol, NULL, &ecol);
|
|
|
322 pos->coladd = ecol - scol;
|
|
|
323 }
|
|
|
324 }
|
|
|
325 else
|
|
|
326 {
|
|
|
327 int b = (int)wcol - (int)col;
|
|
|
328
|
|
|
329 /* The difference between wcol and col is used to set coladd. */
|
|
|
330 if (b > 0 && b < (MAXCOL - 2 * W_WIDTH(curwin)))
|
|
|
331 pos->coladd = b;
|
|
|
332
|
|
|
333 col += b;
|
|
|
334 }
|
|
|
335 }
|
|
|
336 #endif
|
|
|
337
|
|
|
338 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
339 /* prevent cursor from moving on the trail byte */
|
|
|
340 if (has_mbyte)
|
|
|
341 mb_adjust_cursor();
|
|
|
342 #endif
|
|
|
343
|
|
|
344 if (col < wcol)
|
|
|
345 return FAIL;
|
|
|
346 return OK;
|
|
|
347 }
|
|
|
348
|
|
|
349 /*
|
|
|
350 * inc(p)
|
|
|
351 *
|
|
|
352 * Increment the line pointer 'p' crossing line boundaries as necessary.
|
|
|
353 * Return 1 when going to the next line.
|
|
|
354 * Return 2 when moving forward onto a NUL at the end of the line).
|
|
|
355 * Return -1 when at the end of file.
|
|
|
356 * Return 0 otherwise.
|
|
|
357 */
|
|
|
358 int
|
|
|
359 inc_cursor()
|
|
|
360 {
|
|
|
361 return inc(&curwin->w_cursor);
|
|
|
362 }
|
|
|
363
|
|
|
364 int
|
|
|
365 inc(lp)
|
|
|
366 pos_T *lp;
|
|
|
367 {
|
|
|
368 char_u *p = ml_get_pos(lp);
|
|
|
369
|
|
|
370 if (*p != NUL) /* still within line, move to next char (may be NUL) */
|
|
|
371 {
|
|
|
372 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
373 if (has_mbyte)
|
|
|
374 {
|
|
474
|
375 int l = (*mb_ptr2len)(p);
|
|
7
|
376
|
|
|
377 lp->col += l;
|
|
|
378 return ((p[l] != NUL) ? 0 : 2);
|
|
|
379 }
|
|
|
380 #endif
|
|
|
381 lp->col++;
|
|
|
382 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT
|
|
|
383 lp->coladd = 0;
|
|
|
384 #endif
|
|
|
385 return ((p[1] != NUL) ? 0 : 2);
|
|
|
386 }
|
|
|
387 if (lp->lnum != curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count) /* there is a next line */
|
|
|
388 {
|
|
|
389 lp->col = 0;
|
|
|
390 lp->lnum++;
|
|
|
391 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT
|
|
|
392 lp->coladd = 0;
|
|
|
393 #endif
|
|
|
394 return 1;
|
|
|
395 }
|
|
|
396 return -1;
|
|
|
397 }
|
|
|
398
|
|
|
399 /*
|
|
|
400 * incl(lp): same as inc(), but skip the NUL at the end of non-empty lines
|
|
|
401 */
|
|
|
402 int
|
|
|
403 incl(lp)
|
|
|
404 pos_T *lp;
|
|
|
405 {
|
|
|
406 int r;
|
|
|
407
|
|
|
408 if ((r = inc(lp)) >= 1 && lp->col)
|
|
|
409 r = inc(lp);
|
|
|
410 return r;
|
|
|
411 }
|
|
|
412
|
|
|
413 /*
|
|
|
414 * dec(p)
|
|
|
415 *
|
|
|
416 * Decrement the line pointer 'p' crossing line boundaries as necessary.
|
|
|
417 * Return 1 when crossing a line, -1 when at start of file, 0 otherwise.
|
|
|
418 */
|
|
|
419 int
|
|
|
420 dec_cursor()
|
|
|
421 {
|
|
|
422 return dec(&curwin->w_cursor);
|
|
|
423 }
|
|
|
424
|
|
|
425 int
|
|
|
426 dec(lp)
|
|
|
427 pos_T *lp;
|
|
|
428 {
|
|
|
429 char_u *p;
|
|
|
430
|
|
|
431 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT
|
|
|
432 lp->coladd = 0;
|
|
|
433 #endif
|
|
|
434 if (lp->col > 0) /* still within line */
|
|
|
435 {
|
|
|
436 lp->col--;
|
|
|
437 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
438 if (has_mbyte)
|
|
|
439 {
|
|
|
440 p = ml_get(lp->lnum);
|
|
|
441 lp->col -= (*mb_head_off)(p, p + lp->col);
|
|
|
442 }
|
|
|
443 #endif
|
|
|
444 return 0;
|
|
|
445 }
|
|
|
446 if (lp->lnum > 1) /* there is a prior line */
|
|
|
447 {
|
|
|
448 lp->lnum--;
|
|
|
449 p = ml_get(lp->lnum);
|
|
|
450 lp->col = (colnr_T)STRLEN(p);
|
|
|
451 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
452 if (has_mbyte)
|
|
|
453 lp->col -= (*mb_head_off)(p, p + lp->col);
|
|
|
454 #endif
|
|
|
455 return 1;
|
|
|
456 }
|
|
|
457 return -1; /* at start of file */
|
|
|
458 }
|
|
|
459
|
|
|
460 /*
|
|
|
461 * decl(lp): same as dec(), but skip the NUL at the end of non-empty lines
|
|
|
462 */
|
|
|
463 int
|
|
|
464 decl(lp)
|
|
|
465 pos_T *lp;
|
|
|
466 {
|
|
|
467 int r;
|
|
|
468
|
|
|
469 if ((r = dec(lp)) == 1 && lp->col)
|
|
|
470 r = dec(lp);
|
|
|
471 return r;
|
|
|
472 }
|
|
|
473
|
|
|
474 /*
|
|
|
475 * Make sure curwin->w_cursor.lnum is valid.
|
|
|
476 */
|
|
|
477 void
|
|
|
478 check_cursor_lnum()
|
|
|
479 {
|
|
|
480 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum > curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count)
|
|
|
481 {
|
|
|
482 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
|
|
|
483 /* If there is a closed fold at the end of the file, put the cursor in
|
|
|
484 * its first line. Otherwise in the last line. */
|
|
|
485 if (!hasFolding(curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count,
|
|
|
486 &curwin->w_cursor.lnum, NULL))
|
|
|
487 #endif
|
|
|
488 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count;
|
|
|
489 }
|
|
|
490 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum <= 0)
|
|
|
491 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = 1;
|
|
|
492 }
|
|
|
493
|
|
|
494 /*
|
|
|
495 * Make sure curwin->w_cursor.col is valid.
|
|
|
496 */
|
|
|
497 void
|
|
|
498 check_cursor_col()
|
|
|
499 {
|
|
|
500 colnr_T len;
|
|
|
501 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT
|
|
|
502 colnr_T oldcol = curwin->w_cursor.col + curwin->w_cursor.coladd;
|
|
|
503 #endif
|
|
|
504
|
|
|
505 len = (colnr_T)STRLEN(ml_get_curline());
|
|
|
506 if (len == 0)
|
|
|
507 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0;
|
|
|
508 else if (curwin->w_cursor.col >= len)
|
|
|
509 {
|
|
|
510 /* Allow cursor past end-of-line in Insert mode, restarting Insert
|
|
|
511 * mode or when in Visual mode and 'selection' isn't "old" */
|
|
620
|
512 if ((State & INSERT) || restart_edit
|
|
7
|
513 #ifdef FEAT_VISUAL
|
|
|
514 || (VIsual_active && *p_sel != 'o')
|
|
|
515 #endif
|
|
|
516 || virtual_active())
|
|
|
517 curwin->w_cursor.col = len;
|
|
|
518 else
|
|
1099
|
519 {
|
|
7
|
520 curwin->w_cursor.col = len - 1;
|
|
1099
|
521 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
522 /* prevent cursor from moving on the trail byte */
|
|
|
523 if (has_mbyte)
|
|
|
524 mb_adjust_cursor();
|
|
|
525 #endif
|
|
|
526 }
|
|
7
|
527 }
|
|
|
528
|
|
|
529 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT
|
|
|
530 /* If virtual editing is on, we can leave the cursor on the old position,
|
|
|
531 * only we must set it to virtual. But don't do it when at the end of the
|
|
|
532 * line. */
|
|
|
533 if (oldcol == MAXCOL)
|
|
|
534 curwin->w_cursor.coladd = 0;
|
|
|
535 else if (ve_flags == VE_ALL)
|
|
|
536 curwin->w_cursor.coladd = oldcol - curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
537 #endif
|
|
|
538 }
|
|
|
539
|
|
|
540 /*
|
|
|
541 * make sure curwin->w_cursor in on a valid character
|
|
|
542 */
|
|
|
543 void
|
|
|
544 check_cursor()
|
|
|
545 {
|
|
|
546 check_cursor_lnum();
|
|
|
547 check_cursor_col();
|
|
|
548 }
|
|
|
549
|
|
|
550 #if defined(FEAT_TEXTOBJ) || defined(PROTO)
|
|
|
551 /*
|
|
|
552 * Make sure curwin->w_cursor is not on the NUL at the end of the line.
|
|
|
553 * Allow it when in Visual mode and 'selection' is not "old".
|
|
|
554 */
|
|
|
555 void
|
|
|
556 adjust_cursor_col()
|
|
|
557 {
|
|
|
558 if (curwin->w_cursor.col > 0
|
|
|
559 # ifdef FEAT_VISUAL
|
|
|
560 && (!VIsual_active || *p_sel == 'o')
|
|
|
561 # endif
|
|
|
562 && gchar_cursor() == NUL)
|
|
|
563 --curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
564 }
|
|
|
565 #endif
|
|
|
566
|
|
|
567 /*
|
|
|
568 * When curwin->w_leftcol has changed, adjust the cursor position.
|
|
|
569 * Return TRUE if the cursor was moved.
|
|
|
570 */
|
|
|
571 int
|
|
|
572 leftcol_changed()
|
|
|
573 {
|
|
|
574 long lastcol;
|
|
|
575 colnr_T s, e;
|
|
|
576 int retval = FALSE;
|
|
|
577
|
|
|
578 changed_cline_bef_curs();
|
|
|
579 lastcol = curwin->w_leftcol + W_WIDTH(curwin) - curwin_col_off() - 1;
|
|
|
580 validate_virtcol();
|
|
|
581
|
|
|
582 /*
|
|
|
583 * If the cursor is right or left of the screen, move it to last or first
|
|
|
584 * character.
|
|
|
585 */
|
|
|
586 if (curwin->w_virtcol > (colnr_T)(lastcol - p_siso))
|
|
|
587 {
|
|
|
588 retval = TRUE;
|
|
|
589 coladvance((colnr_T)(lastcol - p_siso));
|
|
|
590 }
|
|
|
591 else if (curwin->w_virtcol < curwin->w_leftcol + p_siso)
|
|
|
592 {
|
|
|
593 retval = TRUE;
|
|
|
594 (void)coladvance((colnr_T)(curwin->w_leftcol + p_siso));
|
|
|
595 }
|
|
|
596
|
|
|
597 /*
|
|
|
598 * If the start of the character under the cursor is not on the screen,
|
|
|
599 * advance the cursor one more char. If this fails (last char of the
|
|
|
600 * line) adjust the scrolling.
|
|
|
601 */
|
|
|
602 getvvcol(curwin, &curwin->w_cursor, &s, NULL, &e);
|
|
|
603 if (e > (colnr_T)lastcol)
|
|
|
604 {
|
|
|
605 retval = TRUE;
|
|
|
606 coladvance(s - 1);
|
|
|
607 }
|
|
|
608 else if (s < curwin->w_leftcol)
|
|
|
609 {
|
|
|
610 retval = TRUE;
|
|
|
611 if (coladvance(e + 1) == FAIL) /* there isn't another character */
|
|
|
612 {
|
|
|
613 curwin->w_leftcol = s; /* adjust w_leftcol instead */
|
|
|
614 changed_cline_bef_curs();
|
|
|
615 }
|
|
|
616 }
|
|
|
617
|
|
|
618 if (retval)
|
|
|
619 curwin->w_set_curswant = TRUE;
|
|
|
620 redraw_later(NOT_VALID);
|
|
|
621 return retval;
|
|
|
622 }
|
|
|
623
|
|
|
624 /**********************************************************************
|
|
|
625 * Various routines dealing with allocation and deallocation of memory.
|
|
|
626 */
|
|
|
627
|
|
|
628 #if defined(MEM_PROFILE) || defined(PROTO)
|
|
|
629
|
|
|
630 # define MEM_SIZES 8200
|
|
|
631 static long_u mem_allocs[MEM_SIZES];
|
|
|
632 static long_u mem_frees[MEM_SIZES];
|
|
|
633 static long_u mem_allocated;
|
|
|
634 static long_u mem_freed;
|
|
|
635 static long_u mem_peak;
|
|
|
636 static long_u num_alloc;
|
|
|
637 static long_u num_freed;
|
|
|
638
|
|
|
639 static void mem_pre_alloc_s __ARGS((size_t *sizep));
|
|
|
640 static void mem_pre_alloc_l __ARGS((long_u *sizep));
|
|
|
641 static void mem_post_alloc __ARGS((void **pp, size_t size));
|
|
|
642 static void mem_pre_free __ARGS((void **pp));
|
|
|
643
|
|
|
644 static void
|
|
|
645 mem_pre_alloc_s(sizep)
|
|
|
646 size_t *sizep;
|
|
|
647 {
|
|
|
648 *sizep += sizeof(size_t);
|
|
|
649 }
|
|
|
650
|
|
|
651 static void
|
|
|
652 mem_pre_alloc_l(sizep)
|
|
|
653 long_u *sizep;
|
|
|
654 {
|
|
|
655 *sizep += sizeof(size_t);
|
|
|
656 }
|
|
|
657
|
|
|
658 static void
|
|
|
659 mem_post_alloc(pp, size)
|
|
|
660 void **pp;
|
|
|
661 size_t size;
|
|
|
662 {
|
|
|
663 if (*pp == NULL)
|
|
|
664 return;
|
|
|
665 size -= sizeof(size_t);
|
|
|
666 *(long_u *)*pp = size;
|
|
|
667 if (size <= MEM_SIZES-1)
|
|
|
668 mem_allocs[size-1]++;
|
|
|
669 else
|
|
|
670 mem_allocs[MEM_SIZES-1]++;
|
|
|
671 mem_allocated += size;
|
|
|
672 if (mem_allocated - mem_freed > mem_peak)
|
|
|
673 mem_peak = mem_allocated - mem_freed;
|
|
|
674 num_alloc++;
|
|
|
675 *pp = (void *)((char *)*pp + sizeof(size_t));
|
|
|
676 }
|
|
|
677
|
|
|
678 static void
|
|
|
679 mem_pre_free(pp)
|
|
|
680 void **pp;
|
|
|
681 {
|
|
|
682 long_u size;
|
|
|
683
|
|
|
684 *pp = (void *)((char *)*pp - sizeof(size_t));
|
|
|
685 size = *(size_t *)*pp;
|
|
|
686 if (size <= MEM_SIZES-1)
|
|
|
687 mem_frees[size-1]++;
|
|
|
688 else
|
|
|
689 mem_frees[MEM_SIZES-1]++;
|
|
|
690 mem_freed += size;
|
|
|
691 num_freed++;
|
|
|
692 }
|
|
|
693
|
|
|
694 /*
|
|
|
695 * called on exit via atexit()
|
|
|
696 */
|
|
|
697 void
|
|
|
698 vim_mem_profile_dump()
|
|
|
699 {
|
|
|
700 int i, j;
|
|
|
701
|
|
|
702 printf("\r\n");
|
|
|
703 j = 0;
|
|
|
704 for (i = 0; i < MEM_SIZES - 1; i++)
|
|
|
705 {
|
|
|
706 if (mem_allocs[i] || mem_frees[i])
|
|
|
707 {
|
|
|
708 if (mem_frees[i] > mem_allocs[i])
|
|
|
709 printf("\r\n%s", _("ERROR: "));
|
|
|
710 printf("[%4d / %4lu-%-4lu] ", i + 1, mem_allocs[i], mem_frees[i]);
|
|
|
711 j++;
|
|
|
712 if (j > 3)
|
|
|
713 {
|
|
|
714 j = 0;
|
|
|
715 printf("\r\n");
|
|
|
716 }
|
|
|
717 }
|
|
|
718 }
|
|
|
719
|
|
|
720 i = MEM_SIZES - 1;
|
|
|
721 if (mem_allocs[i])
|
|
|
722 {
|
|
|
723 printf("\r\n");
|
|
|
724 if (mem_frees[i] > mem_allocs[i])
|
|
|
725 printf(_("ERROR: "));
|
|
|
726 printf("[>%d / %4lu-%-4lu]", i, mem_allocs[i], mem_frees[i]);
|
|
|
727 }
|
|
|
728
|
|
|
729 printf(_("\n[bytes] total alloc-freed %lu-%lu, in use %lu, peak use %lu\n"),
|
|
|
730 mem_allocated, mem_freed, mem_allocated - mem_freed, mem_peak);
|
|
|
731 printf(_("[calls] total re/malloc()'s %lu, total free()'s %lu\n\n"),
|
|
|
732 num_alloc, num_freed);
|
|
|
733 }
|
|
|
734
|
|
|
735 #endif /* MEM_PROFILE */
|
|
|
736
|
|
|
737 /*
|
|
|
738 * Some memory is reserved for error messages and for being able to
|
|
|
739 * call mf_release_all(), which needs some memory for mf_trans_add().
|
|
|
740 */
|
|
|
741 #if defined(MSDOS) && !defined(DJGPP)
|
|
|
742 # define SMALL_MEM
|
|
|
743 # define KEEP_ROOM 8192L
|
|
|
744 #else
|
|
|
745 # define KEEP_ROOM (2 * 8192L)
|
|
|
746 #endif
|
|
|
747
|
|
|
748 /*
|
|
|
749 * Note: if unsinged is 16 bits we can only allocate up to 64K with alloc().
|
|
|
750 * Use lalloc for larger blocks.
|
|
|
751 */
|
|
|
752 char_u *
|
|
|
753 alloc(size)
|
|
|
754 unsigned size;
|
|
|
755 {
|
|
|
756 return (lalloc((long_u)size, TRUE));
|
|
|
757 }
|
|
|
758
|
|
|
759 /*
|
|
|
760 * Allocate memory and set all bytes to zero.
|
|
|
761 */
|
|
|
762 char_u *
|
|
|
763 alloc_clear(size)
|
|
|
764 unsigned size;
|
|
|
765 {
|
|
|
766 char_u *p;
|
|
|
767
|
|
|
768 p = (lalloc((long_u)size, TRUE));
|
|
|
769 if (p != NULL)
|
|
|
770 (void)vim_memset(p, 0, (size_t)size);
|
|
|
771 return p;
|
|
|
772 }
|
|
|
773
|
|
|
774 /*
|
|
|
775 * alloc() with check for maximum line length
|
|
|
776 */
|
|
|
777 char_u *
|
|
|
778 alloc_check(size)
|
|
|
779 unsigned size;
|
|
|
780 {
|
|
|
781 #if !defined(UNIX) && !defined(__EMX__)
|
|
|
782 if (sizeof(int) == 2 && size > 0x7fff)
|
|
|
783 {
|
|
|
784 /* Don't hide this message */
|
|
|
785 emsg_silent = 0;
|
|
|
786 EMSG(_("E340: Line is becoming too long"));
|
|
|
787 return NULL;
|
|
|
788 }
|
|
|
789 #endif
|
|
|
790 return (lalloc((long_u)size, TRUE));
|
|
|
791 }
|
|
|
792
|
|
|
793 /*
|
|
|
794 * Allocate memory like lalloc() and set all bytes to zero.
|
|
|
795 */
|
|
|
796 char_u *
|
|
|
797 lalloc_clear(size, message)
|
|
|
798 long_u size;
|
|
|
799 int message;
|
|
|
800 {
|
|
|
801 char_u *p;
|
|
|
802
|
|
|
803 p = (lalloc(size, message));
|
|
|
804 if (p != NULL)
|
|
|
805 (void)vim_memset(p, 0, (size_t)size);
|
|
|
806 return p;
|
|
|
807 }
|
|
|
808
|
|
|
809 /*
|
|
|
810 * Low level memory allocation function.
|
|
|
811 * This is used often, KEEP IT FAST!
|
|
|
812 */
|
|
|
813 char_u *
|
|
|
814 lalloc(size, message)
|
|
|
815 long_u size;
|
|
|
816 int message;
|
|
|
817 {
|
|
|
818 char_u *p; /* pointer to new storage space */
|
|
|
819 static int releasing = FALSE; /* don't do mf_release_all() recursive */
|
|
|
820 int try_again;
|
|
|
821 #if defined(HAVE_AVAIL_MEM) && !defined(SMALL_MEM)
|
|
|
822 static long_u allocated = 0; /* allocated since last avail check */
|
|
|
823 #endif
|
|
|
824
|
|
|
825 /* Safety check for allocating zero bytes */
|
|
|
826 if (size == 0)
|
|
|
827 {
|
|
|
828 /* Don't hide this message */
|
|
|
829 emsg_silent = 0;
|
|
|
830 EMSGN(_("E341: Internal error: lalloc(%ld, )"), size);
|
|
|
831 return NULL;
|
|
|
832 }
|
|
|
833
|
|
|
834 #ifdef MEM_PROFILE
|
|
|
835 mem_pre_alloc_l(&size);
|
|
|
836 #endif
|
|
|
837
|
|
|
838 #if defined(MSDOS) && !defined(DJGPP)
|
|
|
839 if (size >= 0xfff0) /* in MSDOS we can't deal with >64K blocks */
|
|
|
840 p = NULL;
|
|
|
841 else
|
|
|
842 #endif
|
|
|
843
|
|
|
844 /*
|
|
|
845 * Loop when out of memory: Try to release some memfile blocks and
|
|
|
846 * if some blocks are released call malloc again.
|
|
|
847 */
|
|
|
848 for (;;)
|
|
|
849 {
|
|
|
850 /*
|
|
|
851 * Handle three kind of systems:
|
|
|
852 * 1. No check for available memory: Just return.
|
|
|
853 * 2. Slow check for available memory: call mch_avail_mem() after
|
|
|
854 * allocating KEEP_ROOM amount of memory.
|
|
|
855 * 3. Strict check for available memory: call mch_avail_mem()
|
|
|
856 */
|
|
|
857 if ((p = (char_u *)malloc((size_t)size)) != NULL)
|
|
|
858 {
|
|
|
859 #ifndef HAVE_AVAIL_MEM
|
|
|
860 /* 1. No check for available memory: Just return. */
|
|
|
861 goto theend;
|
|
|
862 #else
|
|
|
863 # ifndef SMALL_MEM
|
|
|
864 /* 2. Slow check for available memory: call mch_avail_mem() after
|
|
|
865 * allocating (KEEP_ROOM / 2) amount of memory. */
|
|
|
866 allocated += size;
|
|
|
867 if (allocated < KEEP_ROOM / 2)
|
|
|
868 goto theend;
|
|
|
869 allocated = 0;
|
|
|
870 # endif
|
|
|
871 /* 3. check for available memory: call mch_avail_mem() */
|
|
|
872 if (mch_avail_mem(TRUE) < KEEP_ROOM && !releasing)
|
|
|
873 {
|
|
|
874 vim_free((char *)p); /* System is low... no go! */
|
|
|
875 p = NULL;
|
|
|
876 }
|
|
|
877 else
|
|
|
878 goto theend;
|
|
|
879 #endif
|
|
|
880 }
|
|
|
881 /*
|
|
|
882 * Remember that mf_release_all() is being called to avoid an endless
|
|
|
883 * loop, because mf_release_all() may call alloc() recursively.
|
|
|
884 */
|
|
|
885 if (releasing)
|
|
|
886 break;
|
|
|
887 releasing = TRUE;
|
|
448
|
888
|
|
|
889 clear_sb_text(); /* free any scrollback text */
|
|
|
890 try_again = mf_release_all(); /* release as many blocks as possible */
|
|
370
|
891 #ifdef FEAT_EVAL
|
|
448
|
892 try_again |= garbage_collect(); /* cleanup recursive lists/dicts */
|
|
|
893 #endif
|
|
|
894
|
|
7
|
895 releasing = FALSE;
|
|
|
896 if (!try_again)
|
|
|
897 break;
|
|
|
898 }
|
|
|
899
|
|
|
900 if (message && p == NULL)
|
|
|
901 do_outofmem_msg(size);
|
|
|
902
|
|
|
903 theend:
|
|
|
904 #ifdef MEM_PROFILE
|
|
|
905 mem_post_alloc((void **)&p, (size_t)size);
|
|
|
906 #endif
|
|
|
907 return p;
|
|
|
908 }
|
|
|
909
|
|
|
910 #if defined(MEM_PROFILE) || defined(PROTO)
|
|
|
911 /*
|
|
|
912 * realloc() with memory profiling.
|
|
|
913 */
|
|
|
914 void *
|
|
|
915 mem_realloc(ptr, size)
|
|
|
916 void *ptr;
|
|
|
917 size_t size;
|
|
|
918 {
|
|
|
919 void *p;
|
|
|
920
|
|
|
921 mem_pre_free(&ptr);
|
|
|
922 mem_pre_alloc_s(&size);
|
|
|
923
|
|
|
924 p = realloc(ptr, size);
|
|
|
925
|
|
|
926 mem_post_alloc(&p, size);
|
|
|
927
|
|
|
928 return p;
|
|
|
929 }
|
|
|
930 #endif
|
|
|
931
|
|
|
932 /*
|
|
|
933 * Avoid repeating the error message many times (they take 1 second each).
|
|
|
934 * Did_outofmem_msg is reset when a character is read.
|
|
|
935 */
|
|
|
936 void
|
|
|
937 do_outofmem_msg(size)
|
|
|
938 long_u size;
|
|
|
939 {
|
|
|
940 if (!did_outofmem_msg)
|
|
|
941 {
|
|
|
942 /* Don't hide this message */
|
|
|
943 emsg_silent = 0;
|
|
|
944 EMSGN(_("E342: Out of memory! (allocating %lu bytes)"), size);
|
|
|
945 did_outofmem_msg = TRUE;
|
|
|
946 }
|
|
|
947 }
|
|
|
948
|
|
356
|
949 #if defined(EXITFREE) || defined(PROTO)
|
|
359
|
950
|
|
|
951 # if defined(FEAT_SEARCHPATH)
|
|
|
952 static void free_findfile __ARGS((void));
|
|
|
953 # endif
|
|
|
954
|
|
356
|
955 /*
|
|
|
956 * Free everything that we allocated.
|
|
|
957 * Can be used to detect memory leaks, e.g., with ccmalloc.
|
|
359
|
958 * NOTE: This is tricky! Things are freed that functions depend on. Don't be
|
|
|
959 * surprised if Vim crashes...
|
|
|
960 * Some things can't be freed, esp. things local to a library function.
|
|
356
|
961 */
|
|
|
962 void
|
|
|
963 free_all_mem()
|
|
|
964 {
|
|
|
965 buf_T *buf, *nextbuf;
|
|
359
|
966 static int entered = FALSE;
|
|
644
|
967 win_T *win;
|
|
359
|
968
|
|
|
969 /* When we cause a crash here it is caught and Vim tries to exit cleanly.
|
|
|
970 * Don't try freeing everything again. */
|
|
|
971 if (entered)
|
|
|
972 return;
|
|
|
973 entered = TRUE;
|
|
356
|
974
|
|
|
975 ++autocmd_block; /* don't want to trigger autocommands here */
|
|
|
976
|
|
673
|
977 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS
|
|
|
978 /* close all tabs and windows */
|
|
766
|
979 if (first_tabpage->tp_next != NULL)
|
|
|
980 do_cmdline_cmd((char_u *)"tabonly!");
|
|
|
981 if (firstwin != lastwin)
|
|
|
982 do_cmdline_cmd((char_u *)"only!");
|
|
673
|
983 #endif
|
|
|
984
|
|
741
|
985 # if defined(FEAT_SPELL)
|
|
356
|
986 /* Free all spell info. */
|
|
|
987 spell_free_all();
|
|
|
988 # endif
|
|
|
989
|
|
359
|
990 # if defined(FEAT_USR_CMDS)
|
|
356
|
991 /* Clear user commands (before deleting buffers). */
|
|
|
992 ex_comclear(NULL);
|
|
359
|
993 # endif
|
|
356
|
994
|
|
|
995 # ifdef FEAT_MENU
|
|
|
996 /* Clear menus. */
|
|
|
997 do_cmdline_cmd((char_u *)"aunmenu *");
|
|
|
998 # endif
|
|
|
999
|
|
359
|
1000 /* Clear mappings, abbreviations, breakpoints. */
|
|
356
|
1001 do_cmdline_cmd((char_u *)"mapclear");
|
|
|
1002 do_cmdline_cmd((char_u *)"mapclear!");
|
|
|
1003 do_cmdline_cmd((char_u *)"abclear");
|
|
359
|
1004 # if defined(FEAT_EVAL)
|
|
|
1005 do_cmdline_cmd((char_u *)"breakdel *");
|
|
|
1006 # endif
|
|
362
|
1007 # if defined(FEAT_PROFILE)
|
|
|
1008 do_cmdline_cmd((char_u *)"profdel *");
|
|
|
1009 # endif
|
|
359
|
1010
|
|
|
1011 # ifdef FEAT_TITLE
|
|
|
1012 free_titles();
|
|
|
1013 # endif
|
|
|
1014 # if defined(FEAT_SEARCHPATH)
|
|
|
1015 free_findfile();
|
|
|
1016 # endif
|
|
356
|
1017
|
|
|
1018 /* Obviously named calls. */
|
|
|
1019 # if defined(FEAT_AUTOCMD)
|
|
|
1020 free_all_autocmds();
|
|
|
1021 # endif
|
|
|
1022 clear_termcodes();
|
|
359
|
1023 free_all_options();
|
|
|
1024 free_all_marks();
|
|
|
1025 alist_clear(&global_alist);
|
|
|
1026 free_homedir();
|
|
|
1027 free_search_patterns();
|
|
|
1028 free_old_sub();
|
|
|
1029 free_last_insert();
|
|
|
1030 free_prev_shellcmd();
|
|
|
1031 free_regexp_stuff();
|
|
|
1032 free_tag_stuff();
|
|
|
1033 free_cd_dir();
|
|
|
1034 set_expr_line(NULL);
|
|
673
|
1035 diff_clear(curtab);
|
|
626
|
1036 clear_sb_text(); /* free any scrollback text */
|
|
359
|
1037
|
|
|
1038 /* Free some global vars. */
|
|
|
1039 vim_free(username);
|
|
|
1040 vim_free(clip_exclude_prog);
|
|
|
1041 vim_free(last_cmdline);
|
|
|
1042 vim_free(new_last_cmdline);
|
|
680
|
1043 set_keep_msg(NULL, 0);
|
|
359
|
1044 vim_free(ff_expand_buffer);
|
|
356
|
1045
|
|
|
1046 /* Clear cmdline history. */
|
|
|
1047 p_hi = 0;
|
|
|
1048 init_history();
|
|
|
1049
|
|
359
|
1050 #ifdef FEAT_QUICKFIX
|
|
644
|
1051 qf_free_all(NULL);
|
|
|
1052 /* Free all location lists */
|
|
|
1053 FOR_ALL_WINDOWS(win)
|
|
|
1054 qf_free_all(win);
|
|
359
|
1055 #endif
|
|
|
1056
|
|
|
1057 /* Close all script inputs. */
|
|
|
1058 close_all_scripts();
|
|
|
1059
|
|
|
1060 #if defined(FEAT_WINDOWS)
|
|
|
1061 /* Destroy all windows. Must come before freeing buffers. */
|
|
|
1062 win_free_all();
|
|
|
1063 #endif
|
|
|
1064
|
|
356
|
1065 /* Free all buffers. */
|
|
|
1066 for (buf = firstbuf; buf != NULL; )
|
|
|
1067 {
|
|
|
1068 nextbuf = buf->b_next;
|
|
|
1069 close_buffer(NULL, buf, DOBUF_WIPE);
|
|
|
1070 if (buf_valid(buf))
|
|
|
1071 buf = nextbuf; /* didn't work, try next one */
|
|
|
1072 else
|
|
|
1073 buf = firstbuf;
|
|
|
1074 }
|
|
|
1075
|
|
359
|
1076 #ifdef FEAT_ARABIC
|
|
|
1077 free_cmdline_buf();
|
|
356
|
1078 #endif
|
|
|
1079
|
|
|
1080 /* Clear registers. */
|
|
|
1081 clear_registers();
|
|
|
1082 ResetRedobuff();
|
|
|
1083 ResetRedobuff();
|
|
|
1084
|
|
1071
|
1085 #if defined(FEAT_CLIENTSERVER) && defined(FEAT_X11)
|
|
359
|
1086 vim_free(serverDelayedStartName);
|
|
|
1087 #endif
|
|
|
1088
|
|
356
|
1089 /* highlight info */
|
|
|
1090 free_highlight();
|
|
|
1091
|
|
362
|
1092 reset_last_sourcing();
|
|
|
1093
|
|
766
|
1094 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS
|
|
853
|
1095 free_tabpage(first_tabpage);
|
|
|
1096 first_tabpage = NULL;
|
|
766
|
1097 #endif
|
|
|
1098
|
|
356
|
1099 # ifdef UNIX
|
|
|
1100 /* Machine-specific free. */
|
|
|
1101 mch_free_mem();
|
|
|
1102 # endif
|
|
|
1103
|
|
|
1104 /* message history */
|
|
|
1105 for (;;)
|
|
|
1106 if (delete_first_msg() == FAIL)
|
|
|
1107 break;
|
|
|
1108
|
|
|
1109 # ifdef FEAT_EVAL
|
|
|
1110 eval_clear();
|
|
|
1111 # endif
|
|
|
1112
|
|
359
|
1113 free_termoptions();
|
|
|
1114
|
|
356
|
1115 /* screenlines (can't display anything now!) */
|
|
|
1116 free_screenlines();
|
|
|
1117
|
|
|
1118 #if defined(USE_XSMP)
|
|
|
1119 xsmp_close();
|
|
|
1120 #endif
|
|
359
|
1121 #ifdef FEAT_GUI_GTK
|
|
|
1122 gui_mch_free_all();
|
|
|
1123 #endif
|
|
|
1124 clear_hl_tables();
|
|
356
|
1125
|
|
|
1126 vim_free(IObuff);
|
|
|
1127 vim_free(NameBuff);
|
|
|
1128 }
|
|
|
1129 #endif
|
|
|
1130
|
|
7
|
1131 /*
|
|
|
1132 * copy a string into newly allocated memory
|
|
|
1133 */
|
|
|
1134 char_u *
|
|
|
1135 vim_strsave(string)
|
|
|
1136 char_u *string;
|
|
|
1137 {
|
|
|
1138 char_u *p;
|
|
|
1139 unsigned len;
|
|
|
1140
|
|
|
1141 len = (unsigned)STRLEN(string) + 1;
|
|
|
1142 p = alloc(len);
|
|
|
1143 if (p != NULL)
|
|
|
1144 mch_memmove(p, string, (size_t)len);
|
|
|
1145 return p;
|
|
|
1146 }
|
|
|
1147
|
|
|
1148 char_u *
|
|
|
1149 vim_strnsave(string, len)
|
|
|
1150 char_u *string;
|
|
|
1151 int len;
|
|
|
1152 {
|
|
|
1153 char_u *p;
|
|
|
1154
|
|
|
1155 p = alloc((unsigned)(len + 1));
|
|
|
1156 if (p != NULL)
|
|
|
1157 {
|
|
|
1158 STRNCPY(p, string, len);
|
|
|
1159 p[len] = NUL;
|
|
|
1160 }
|
|
|
1161 return p;
|
|
|
1162 }
|
|
|
1163
|
|
|
1164 /*
|
|
|
1165 * Same as vim_strsave(), but any characters found in esc_chars are preceded
|
|
|
1166 * by a backslash.
|
|
|
1167 */
|
|
|
1168 char_u *
|
|
|
1169 vim_strsave_escaped(string, esc_chars)
|
|
|
1170 char_u *string;
|
|
|
1171 char_u *esc_chars;
|
|
|
1172 {
|
|
16
|
1173 return vim_strsave_escaped_ext(string, esc_chars, '\\', FALSE);
|
|
7
|
1174 }
|
|
|
1175
|
|
|
1176 /*
|
|
|
1177 * Same as vim_strsave_escaped(), but when "bsl" is TRUE also escape
|
|
|
1178 * characters where rem_backslash() would remove the backslash.
|
|
16
|
1179 * Escape the characters with "cc".
|
|
7
|
1180 */
|
|
|
1181 char_u *
|
|
16
|
1182 vim_strsave_escaped_ext(string, esc_chars, cc, bsl)
|
|
7
|
1183 char_u *string;
|
|
|
1184 char_u *esc_chars;
|
|
16
|
1185 int cc;
|
|
7
|
1186 int bsl;
|
|
|
1187 {
|
|
|
1188 char_u *p;
|
|
|
1189 char_u *p2;
|
|
|
1190 char_u *escaped_string;
|
|
|
1191 unsigned length;
|
|
|
1192 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
1193 int l;
|
|
|
1194 #endif
|
|
|
1195
|
|
|
1196 /*
|
|
|
1197 * First count the number of backslashes required.
|
|
|
1198 * Then allocate the memory and insert them.
|
|
|
1199 */
|
|
|
1200 length = 1; /* count the trailing NUL */
|
|
|
1201 for (p = string; *p; p++)
|
|
|
1202 {
|
|
|
1203 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
474
|
1204 if (has_mbyte && (l = (*mb_ptr2len)(p)) > 1)
|
|
7
|
1205 {
|
|
|
1206 length += l; /* count a multibyte char */
|
|
|
1207 p += l - 1;
|
|
|
1208 continue;
|
|
|
1209 }
|
|
|
1210 #endif
|
|
|
1211 if (vim_strchr(esc_chars, *p) != NULL || (bsl && rem_backslash(p)))
|
|
|
1212 ++length; /* count a backslash */
|
|
|
1213 ++length; /* count an ordinary char */
|
|
|
1214 }
|
|
|
1215 escaped_string = alloc(length);
|
|
|
1216 if (escaped_string != NULL)
|
|
|
1217 {
|
|
|
1218 p2 = escaped_string;
|
|
|
1219 for (p = string; *p; p++)
|
|
|
1220 {
|
|
|
1221 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
474
|
1222 if (has_mbyte && (l = (*mb_ptr2len)(p)) > 1)
|
|
7
|
1223 {
|
|
|
1224 mch_memmove(p2, p, (size_t)l);
|
|
|
1225 p2 += l;
|
|
|
1226 p += l - 1; /* skip multibyte char */
|
|
|
1227 continue;
|
|
|
1228 }
|
|
|
1229 #endif
|
|
|
1230 if (vim_strchr(esc_chars, *p) != NULL || (bsl && rem_backslash(p)))
|
|
16
|
1231 *p2++ = cc;
|
|
7
|
1232 *p2++ = *p;
|
|
|
1233 }
|
|
|
1234 *p2 = NUL;
|
|
|
1235 }
|
|
|
1236 return escaped_string;
|
|
|
1237 }
|
|
|
1238
|
|
985
|
1239 #if defined(FEAT_EVAL) || defined(PROTO)
|
|
|
1240 /*
|
|
|
1241 * Escape "string" for use as a shell argument with system().
|
|
|
1242 * This uses single quotes, except when we know we need to use double qoutes
|
|
|
1243 * (MS-DOS and MS-Windows without 'shellslash' set).
|
|
|
1244 * Returns the result in allocated memory, NULL if we have run out.
|
|
|
1245 */
|
|
|
1246 char_u *
|
|
|
1247 vim_strsave_shellescape(string)
|
|
|
1248 char_u *string;
|
|
|
1249 {
|
|
|
1250 unsigned length;
|
|
|
1251 char_u *p;
|
|
|
1252 char_u *d;
|
|
|
1253 char_u *escaped_string;
|
|
|
1254
|
|
|
1255 /* First count the number of extra bytes required. */
|
|
1072
|
1256 length = (unsigned)STRLEN(string) + 3; /* two quotes and a trailing NUL */
|
|
985
|
1257 for (p = string; *p != NUL; mb_ptr_adv(p))
|
|
|
1258 {
|
|
|
1259 # if defined(WIN32) || defined(WIN16) || defined(DOS)
|
|
|
1260 if (!p_ssl)
|
|
|
1261 {
|
|
|
1262 if (*p == '"')
|
|
|
1263 ++length; /* " -> "" */
|
|
|
1264 }
|
|
|
1265 else
|
|
|
1266 # endif
|
|
|
1267 if (*p == '\'')
|
|
|
1268 length += 3; /* ' => '\'' */
|
|
|
1269 }
|
|
|
1270
|
|
|
1271 /* Allocate memory for the result and fill it. */
|
|
|
1272 escaped_string = alloc(length);
|
|
|
1273 if (escaped_string != NULL)
|
|
|
1274 {
|
|
|
1275 d = escaped_string;
|
|
|
1276
|
|
|
1277 /* add opening quote */
|
|
|
1278 # if defined(WIN32) || defined(WIN16) || defined(DOS)
|
|
|
1279 if (!p_ssl)
|
|
|
1280 *d++ = '"';
|
|
|
1281 else
|
|
|
1282 # endif
|
|
|
1283 *d++ = '\'';
|
|
|
1284
|
|
|
1285 for (p = string; *p != NUL; )
|
|
|
1286 {
|
|
|
1287 # if defined(WIN32) || defined(WIN16) || defined(DOS)
|
|
|
1288 if (!p_ssl)
|
|
|
1289 {
|
|
|
1290 if (*p == '"')
|
|
|
1291 {
|
|
|
1292 *d++ = '"';
|
|
|
1293 *d++ = '"';
|
|
|
1294 ++p;
|
|
|
1295 continue;
|
|
|
1296 }
|
|
|
1297 }
|
|
|
1298 else
|
|
|
1299 # endif
|
|
|
1300 if (*p == '\'')
|
|
|
1301 {
|
|
|
1302 *d++='\'';
|
|
|
1303 *d++='\\';
|
|
|
1304 *d++='\'';
|
|
|
1305 *d++='\'';
|
|
|
1306 ++p;
|
|
|
1307 continue;
|
|
|
1308 }
|
|
|
1309
|
|
|
1310 MB_COPY_CHAR(p, d);
|
|
|
1311 }
|
|
|
1312
|
|
|
1313 /* add terminating quote and finish with a NUL */
|
|
|
1314 # if defined(WIN32) || defined(WIN16) || defined(DOS)
|
|
|
1315 if (!p_ssl)
|
|
|
1316 *d++ = '"';
|
|
|
1317 else
|
|
|
1318 # endif
|
|
|
1319 *d++ = '\'';
|
|
|
1320 *d = NUL;
|
|
|
1321 }
|
|
|
1322
|
|
|
1323 return escaped_string;
|
|
|
1324 }
|
|
|
1325 #endif
|
|
|
1326
|
|
7
|
1327 /*
|
|
|
1328 * Like vim_strsave(), but make all characters uppercase.
|
|
|
1329 * This uses ASCII lower-to-upper case translation, language independent.
|
|
|
1330 */
|
|
|
1331 char_u *
|
|
|
1332 vim_strsave_up(string)
|
|
|
1333 char_u *string;
|
|
|
1334 {
|
|
|
1335 char_u *p1;
|
|
|
1336
|
|
|
1337 p1 = vim_strsave(string);
|
|
|
1338 vim_strup(p1);
|
|
|
1339 return p1;
|
|
|
1340 }
|
|
|
1341
|
|
|
1342 /*
|
|
|
1343 * Like vim_strnsave(), but make all characters uppercase.
|
|
|
1344 * This uses ASCII lower-to-upper case translation, language independent.
|
|
|
1345 */
|
|
|
1346 char_u *
|
|
|
1347 vim_strnsave_up(string, len)
|
|
|
1348 char_u *string;
|
|
|
1349 int len;
|
|
|
1350 {
|
|
|
1351 char_u *p1;
|
|
|
1352
|
|
|
1353 p1 = vim_strnsave(string, len);
|
|
|
1354 vim_strup(p1);
|
|
|
1355 return p1;
|
|
|
1356 }
|
|
|
1357
|
|
|
1358 /*
|
|
|
1359 * ASCII lower-to-upper case translation, language independent.
|
|
|
1360 */
|
|
|
1361 void
|
|
|
1362 vim_strup(p)
|
|
|
1363 char_u *p;
|
|
|
1364 {
|
|
|
1365 char_u *p2;
|
|
|
1366 int c;
|
|
|
1367
|
|
|
1368 if (p != NULL)
|
|
|
1369 {
|
|
|
1370 p2 = p;
|
|
|
1371 while ((c = *p2) != NUL)
|
|
|
1372 #ifdef EBCDIC
|
|
|
1373 *p2++ = isalpha(c) ? toupper(c) : c;
|
|
|
1374 #else
|
|
|
1375 *p2++ = (c < 'a' || c > 'z') ? c : (c - 0x20);
|
|
|
1376 #endif
|
|
|
1377 }
|
|
|
1378 }
|
|
|
1379
|
|
741
|
1380 #if defined(FEAT_EVAL) || defined(FEAT_SPELL) || defined(PROTO)
|
|
323
|
1381 /*
|
|
|
1382 * Make string "s" all upper-case and return it in allocated memory.
|
|
|
1383 * Handles multi-byte characters as well as possible.
|
|
|
1384 * Returns NULL when out of memory.
|
|
|
1385 */
|
|
|
1386 char_u *
|
|
|
1387 strup_save(orig)
|
|
|
1388 char_u *orig;
|
|
|
1389 {
|
|
|
1390 char_u *p;
|
|
|
1391 char_u *res;
|
|
|
1392
|
|
|
1393 res = p = vim_strsave(orig);
|
|
|
1394
|
|
|
1395 if (res != NULL)
|
|
|
1396 while (*p != NUL)
|
|
|
1397 {
|
|
|
1398 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
1399 int l;
|
|
|
1400
|
|
|
1401 if (enc_utf8)
|
|
|
1402 {
|
|
|
1403 int c, uc;
|
|
|
1404 int nl;
|
|
|
1405 char_u *s;
|
|
|
1406
|
|
|
1407 c = utf_ptr2char(p);
|
|
|
1408 uc = utf_toupper(c);
|
|
|
1409
|
|
|
1410 /* Reallocate string when byte count changes. This is rare,
|
|
|
1411 * thus it's OK to do another malloc()/free(). */
|
|
474
|
1412 l = utf_ptr2len(p);
|
|
323
|
1413 nl = utf_char2len(uc);
|
|
|
1414 if (nl != l)
|
|
|
1415 {
|
|
|
1416 s = alloc((unsigned)STRLEN(res) + 1 + nl - l);
|
|
|
1417 if (s == NULL)
|
|
|
1418 break;
|
|
|
1419 mch_memmove(s, res, p - res);
|
|
|
1420 STRCPY(s + (p - res) + nl, p + l);
|
|
|
1421 p = s + (p - res);
|
|
|
1422 vim_free(res);
|
|
|
1423 res = s;
|
|
|
1424 }
|
|
|
1425
|
|
|
1426 utf_char2bytes(uc, p);
|
|
|
1427 p += nl;
|
|
|
1428 }
|
|
474
|
1429 else if (has_mbyte && (l = (*mb_ptr2len)(p)) > 1)
|
|
323
|
1430 p += l; /* skip multi-byte character */
|
|
|
1431 else
|
|
|
1432 # endif
|
|
|
1433 {
|
|
|
1434 *p = TOUPPER_LOC(*p); /* note that toupper() can be a macro */
|
|
|
1435 p++;
|
|
|
1436 }
|
|
|
1437 }
|
|
|
1438
|
|
|
1439 return res;
|
|
|
1440 }
|
|
|
1441 #endif
|
|
|
1442
|
|
7
|
1443 /*
|
|
|
1444 * copy a space a number of times
|
|
|
1445 */
|
|
|
1446 void
|
|
|
1447 copy_spaces(ptr, count)
|
|
|
1448 char_u *ptr;
|
|
|
1449 size_t count;
|
|
|
1450 {
|
|
|
1451 size_t i = count;
|
|
|
1452 char_u *p = ptr;
|
|
|
1453
|
|
|
1454 while (i--)
|
|
|
1455 *p++ = ' ';
|
|
|
1456 }
|
|
|
1457
|
|
|
1458 #if defined(FEAT_VISUALEXTRA) || defined(PROTO)
|
|
|
1459 /*
|
|
|
1460 * Copy a character a number of times.
|
|
|
1461 * Does not work for multi-byte charactes!
|
|
|
1462 */
|
|
|
1463 void
|
|
|
1464 copy_chars(ptr, count, c)
|
|
|
1465 char_u *ptr;
|
|
|
1466 size_t count;
|
|
|
1467 int c;
|
|
|
1468 {
|
|
|
1469 size_t i = count;
|
|
|
1470 char_u *p = ptr;
|
|
|
1471
|
|
|
1472 while (i--)
|
|
|
1473 *p++ = c;
|
|
|
1474 }
|
|
|
1475 #endif
|
|
|
1476
|
|
|
1477 /*
|
|
|
1478 * delete spaces at the end of a string
|
|
|
1479 */
|
|
|
1480 void
|
|
|
1481 del_trailing_spaces(ptr)
|
|
|
1482 char_u *ptr;
|
|
|
1483 {
|
|
|
1484 char_u *q;
|
|
|
1485
|
|
|
1486 q = ptr + STRLEN(ptr);
|
|
|
1487 while (--q > ptr && vim_iswhite(q[0]) && q[-1] != '\\' && q[-1] != Ctrl_V)
|
|
|
1488 *q = NUL;
|
|
|
1489 }
|
|
|
1490
|
|
|
1491 /*
|
|
323
|
1492 * Like strncpy(), but always terminate the result with one NUL.
|
|
378
|
1493 * "to" must be "len + 1" long!
|
|
7
|
1494 */
|
|
|
1495 void
|
|
|
1496 vim_strncpy(to, from, len)
|
|
323
|
1497 char_u *to;
|
|
|
1498 char_u *from;
|
|
418
|
1499 size_t len;
|
|
7
|
1500 {
|
|
323
|
1501 STRNCPY(to, from, len);
|
|
|
1502 to[len] = NUL;
|
|
7
|
1503 }
|
|
|
1504
|
|
|
1505 /*
|
|
|
1506 * Isolate one part of a string option where parts are separated with
|
|
|
1507 * "sep_chars".
|
|
459
|
1508 * The part is copied into "buf[maxlen]".
|
|
7
|
1509 * "*option" is advanced to the next part.
|
|
|
1510 * The length is returned.
|
|
|
1511 */
|
|
|
1512 int
|
|
|
1513 copy_option_part(option, buf, maxlen, sep_chars)
|
|
|
1514 char_u **option;
|
|
|
1515 char_u *buf;
|
|
|
1516 int maxlen;
|
|
|
1517 char *sep_chars;
|
|
|
1518 {
|
|
|
1519 int len = 0;
|
|
|
1520 char_u *p = *option;
|
|
|
1521
|
|
|
1522 /* skip '.' at start of option part, for 'suffixes' */
|
|
|
1523 if (*p == '.')
|
|
|
1524 buf[len++] = *p++;
|
|
|
1525 while (*p != NUL && vim_strchr((char_u *)sep_chars, *p) == NULL)
|
|
|
1526 {
|
|
|
1527 /*
|
|
|
1528 * Skip backslash before a separator character and space.
|
|
|
1529 */
|
|
|
1530 if (p[0] == '\\' && vim_strchr((char_u *)sep_chars, p[1]) != NULL)
|
|
|
1531 ++p;
|
|
|
1532 if (len < maxlen - 1)
|
|
|
1533 buf[len++] = *p;
|
|
|
1534 ++p;
|
|
|
1535 }
|
|
|
1536 buf[len] = NUL;
|
|
|
1537
|
|
|
1538 if (*p != NUL && *p != ',') /* skip non-standard separator */
|
|
|
1539 ++p;
|
|
|
1540 p = skip_to_option_part(p); /* p points to next file name */
|
|
|
1541
|
|
|
1542 *option = p;
|
|
|
1543 return len;
|
|
|
1544 }
|
|
|
1545
|
|
|
1546 /*
|
|
625
|
1547 * Replacement for free() that ignores NULL pointers.
|
|
|
1548 * Also skip free() when exiting for sure, this helps when we caught a deadly
|
|
|
1549 * signal that was caused by a crash in free().
|
|
7
|
1550 */
|
|
|
1551 void
|
|
|
1552 vim_free(x)
|
|
|
1553 void *x;
|
|
|
1554 {
|
|
625
|
1555 if (x != NULL && !really_exiting)
|
|
7
|
1556 {
|
|
|
1557 #ifdef MEM_PROFILE
|
|
|
1558 mem_pre_free(&x);
|
|
|
1559 #endif
|
|
|
1560 free(x);
|
|
|
1561 }
|
|
|
1562 }
|
|
|
1563
|
|
|
1564 #ifndef HAVE_MEMSET
|
|
|
1565 void *
|
|
|
1566 vim_memset(ptr, c, size)
|
|
|
1567 void *ptr;
|
|
|
1568 int c;
|
|
|
1569 size_t size;
|
|
|
1570 {
|
|
|
1571 char *p = ptr;
|
|
|
1572
|
|
|
1573 while (size-- > 0)
|
|
|
1574 *p++ = c;
|
|
|
1575 return ptr;
|
|
|
1576 }
|
|
|
1577 #endif
|
|
|
1578
|
|
|
1579 #ifdef VIM_MEMCMP
|
|
|
1580 /*
|
|
|
1581 * Return zero when "b1" and "b2" are the same for "len" bytes.
|
|
|
1582 * Return non-zero otherwise.
|
|
|
1583 */
|
|
|
1584 int
|
|
|
1585 vim_memcmp(b1, b2, len)
|
|
|
1586 void *b1;
|
|
|
1587 void *b2;
|
|
|
1588 size_t len;
|
|
|
1589 {
|
|
|
1590 char_u *p1 = (char_u *)b1, *p2 = (char_u *)b2;
|
|
|
1591
|
|
|
1592 for ( ; len > 0; --len)
|
|
|
1593 {
|
|
|
1594 if (*p1 != *p2)
|
|
|
1595 return 1;
|
|
|
1596 ++p1;
|
|
|
1597 ++p2;
|
|
|
1598 }
|
|
|
1599 return 0;
|
|
|
1600 }
|
|
|
1601 #endif
|
|
|
1602
|
|
|
1603 #ifdef VIM_MEMMOVE
|
|
|
1604 /*
|
|
|
1605 * Version of memmove() that handles overlapping source and destination.
|
|
|
1606 * For systems that don't have a function that is guaranteed to do that (SYSV).
|
|
|
1607 */
|
|
|
1608 void
|
|
|
1609 mch_memmove(dst_arg, src_arg, len)
|
|
|
1610 void *src_arg, *dst_arg;
|
|
|
1611 size_t len;
|
|
|
1612 {
|
|
|
1613 /*
|
|
|
1614 * A void doesn't have a size, we use char pointers.
|
|
|
1615 */
|
|
|
1616 char *dst = dst_arg, *src = src_arg;
|
|
|
1617
|
|
|
1618 /* overlap, copy backwards */
|
|
|
1619 if (dst > src && dst < src + len)
|
|
|
1620 {
|
|
|
1621 src += len;
|
|
|
1622 dst += len;
|
|
|
1623 while (len-- > 0)
|
|
|
1624 *--dst = *--src;
|
|
|
1625 }
|
|
|
1626 else /* copy forwards */
|
|
|
1627 while (len-- > 0)
|
|
|
1628 *dst++ = *src++;
|
|
|
1629 }
|
|
|
1630 #endif
|
|
|
1631
|
|
|
1632 #if (!defined(HAVE_STRCASECMP) && !defined(HAVE_STRICMP)) || defined(PROTO)
|
|
|
1633 /*
|
|
|
1634 * Compare two strings, ignoring case, using current locale.
|
|
|
1635 * Doesn't work for multi-byte characters.
|
|
|
1636 * return 0 for match, < 0 for smaller, > 0 for bigger
|
|
|
1637 */
|
|
|
1638 int
|
|
|
1639 vim_stricmp(s1, s2)
|
|
|
1640 char *s1;
|
|
|
1641 char *s2;
|
|
|
1642 {
|
|
|
1643 int i;
|
|
|
1644
|
|
|
1645 for (;;)
|
|
|
1646 {
|
|
|
1647 i = (int)TOLOWER_LOC(*s1) - (int)TOLOWER_LOC(*s2);
|
|
|
1648 if (i != 0)
|
|
|
1649 return i; /* this character different */
|
|
|
1650 if (*s1 == NUL)
|
|
|
1651 break; /* strings match until NUL */
|
|
|
1652 ++s1;
|
|
|
1653 ++s2;
|
|
|
1654 }
|
|
|
1655 return 0; /* strings match */
|
|
|
1656 }
|
|
|
1657 #endif
|
|
|
1658
|
|
|
1659 #if (!defined(HAVE_STRNCASECMP) && !defined(HAVE_STRNICMP)) || defined(PROTO)
|
|
|
1660 /*
|
|
|
1661 * Compare two strings, for length "len", ignoring case, using current locale.
|
|
|
1662 * Doesn't work for multi-byte characters.
|
|
|
1663 * return 0 for match, < 0 for smaller, > 0 for bigger
|
|
|
1664 */
|
|
|
1665 int
|
|
|
1666 vim_strnicmp(s1, s2, len)
|
|
|
1667 char *s1;
|
|
|
1668 char *s2;
|
|
|
1669 size_t len;
|
|
|
1670 {
|
|
|
1671 int i;
|
|
|
1672
|
|
|
1673 while (len > 0)
|
|
|
1674 {
|
|
|
1675 i = (int)TOLOWER_LOC(*s1) - (int)TOLOWER_LOC(*s2);
|
|
|
1676 if (i != 0)
|
|
|
1677 return i; /* this character different */
|
|
|
1678 if (*s1 == NUL)
|
|
|
1679 break; /* strings match until NUL */
|
|
|
1680 ++s1;
|
|
|
1681 ++s2;
|
|
|
1682 --len;
|
|
|
1683 }
|
|
|
1684 return 0; /* strings match */
|
|
|
1685 }
|
|
|
1686 #endif
|
|
|
1687
|
|
|
1688 #if 0 /* currently not used */
|
|
|
1689 /*
|
|
|
1690 * Check if string "s2" appears somewhere in "s1" while ignoring case.
|
|
|
1691 * Return NULL if not, a pointer to the first occurrence if it does.
|
|
|
1692 */
|
|
|
1693 char_u *
|
|
|
1694 vim_stristr(s1, s2)
|
|
|
1695 char_u *s1;
|
|
|
1696 char_u *s2;
|
|
|
1697 {
|
|
|
1698 char_u *p;
|
|
|
1699 int len = STRLEN(s2);
|
|
|
1700 char_u *end = s1 + STRLEN(s1) - len;
|
|
|
1701
|
|
|
1702 for (p = s1; p <= end; ++p)
|
|
|
1703 if (STRNICMP(p, s2, len) == 0)
|
|
|
1704 return p;
|
|
|
1705 return NULL;
|
|
|
1706 }
|
|
|
1707 #endif
|
|
|
1708
|
|
|
1709 /*
|
|
|
1710 * Version of strchr() and strrchr() that handle unsigned char strings
|
|
170
|
1711 * with characters from 128 to 255 correctly. It also doesn't return a
|
|
|
1712 * pointer to the NUL at the end of the string.
|
|
7
|
1713 */
|
|
|
1714 char_u *
|
|
|
1715 vim_strchr(string, c)
|
|
|
1716 char_u *string;
|
|
|
1717 int c;
|
|
|
1718 {
|
|
|
1719 char_u *p;
|
|
|
1720 int b;
|
|
|
1721
|
|
|
1722 p = string;
|
|
|
1723 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
1724 if (enc_utf8 && c >= 0x80)
|
|
|
1725 {
|
|
|
1726 while (*p != NUL)
|
|
|
1727 {
|
|
|
1728 if (utf_ptr2char(p) == c)
|
|
|
1729 return p;
|
|
474
|
1730 p += (*mb_ptr2len)(p);
|
|
7
|
1731 }
|
|
|
1732 return NULL;
|
|
|
1733 }
|
|
|
1734 if (enc_dbcs != 0 && c > 255)
|
|
|
1735 {
|
|
|
1736 int n2 = c & 0xff;
|
|
|
1737
|
|
|
1738 c = ((unsigned)c >> 8) & 0xff;
|
|
|
1739 while ((b = *p) != NUL)
|
|
|
1740 {
|
|
|
1741 if (b == c && p[1] == n2)
|
|
|
1742 return p;
|
|
474
|
1743 p += (*mb_ptr2len)(p);
|
|
7
|
1744 }
|
|
|
1745 return NULL;
|
|
|
1746 }
|
|
|
1747 if (has_mbyte)
|
|
|
1748 {
|
|
|
1749 while ((b = *p) != NUL)
|
|
|
1750 {
|
|
|
1751 if (b == c)
|
|
|
1752 return p;
|
|
474
|
1753 p += (*mb_ptr2len)(p);
|
|
7
|
1754 }
|
|
|
1755 return NULL;
|
|
|
1756 }
|
|
|
1757 #endif
|
|
|
1758 while ((b = *p) != NUL)
|
|
|
1759 {
|
|
|
1760 if (b == c)
|
|
|
1761 return p;
|
|
|
1762 ++p;
|
|
|
1763 }
|
|
|
1764 return NULL;
|
|
|
1765 }
|
|
|
1766
|
|
|
1767 /*
|
|
170
|
1768 * Version of strchr() that only works for bytes and handles unsigned char
|
|
|
1769 * strings with characters above 128 correctly. It also doesn't return a
|
|
|
1770 * pointer to the NUL at the end of the string.
|
|
|
1771 */
|
|
|
1772 char_u *
|
|
|
1773 vim_strbyte(string, c)
|
|
|
1774 char_u *string;
|
|
|
1775 int c;
|
|
|
1776 {
|
|
|
1777 char_u *p = string;
|
|
|
1778
|
|
|
1779 while (*p != NUL)
|
|
|
1780 {
|
|
|
1781 if (*p == c)
|
|
|
1782 return p;
|
|
|
1783 ++p;
|
|
|
1784 }
|
|
|
1785 return NULL;
|
|
|
1786 }
|
|
|
1787
|
|
|
1788 /*
|
|
7
|
1789 * Search for last occurrence of "c" in "string".
|
|
500
|
1790 * Return NULL if not found.
|
|
170
|
1791 * Does not handle multi-byte char for "c"!
|
|
7
|
1792 */
|
|
|
1793 char_u *
|
|
|
1794 vim_strrchr(string, c)
|
|
|
1795 char_u *string;
|
|
|
1796 int c;
|
|
|
1797 {
|
|
|
1798 char_u *retval = NULL;
|
|
170
|
1799 char_u *p = string;
|
|
|
1800
|
|
|
1801 while (*p)
|
|
7
|
1802 {
|
|
170
|
1803 if (*p == c)
|
|
|
1804 retval = p;
|
|
|
1805 mb_ptr_adv(p);
|
|
7
|
1806 }
|
|
|
1807 return retval;
|
|
|
1808 }
|
|
|
1809
|
|
|
1810 /*
|
|
|
1811 * Vim's version of strpbrk(), in case it's missing.
|
|
|
1812 * Don't generate a prototype for this, causes problems when it's not used.
|
|
|
1813 */
|
|
|
1814 #ifndef PROTO
|
|
|
1815 # ifndef HAVE_STRPBRK
|
|
|
1816 # ifdef vim_strpbrk
|
|
|
1817 # undef vim_strpbrk
|
|
|
1818 # endif
|
|
|
1819 char_u *
|
|
|
1820 vim_strpbrk(s, charset)
|
|
|
1821 char_u *s;
|
|
|
1822 char_u *charset;
|
|
|
1823 {
|
|
|
1824 while (*s)
|
|
|
1825 {
|
|
|
1826 if (vim_strchr(charset, *s) != NULL)
|
|
|
1827 return s;
|
|
39
|
1828 mb_ptr_adv(s);
|
|
7
|
1829 }
|
|
|
1830 return NULL;
|
|
|
1831 }
|
|
|
1832 # endif
|
|
|
1833 #endif
|
|
|
1834
|
|
|
1835 /*
|
|
|
1836 * Vim has its own isspace() function, because on some machines isspace()
|
|
|
1837 * can't handle characters above 128.
|
|
|
1838 */
|
|
|
1839 int
|
|
|
1840 vim_isspace(x)
|
|
|
1841 int x;
|
|
|
1842 {
|
|
|
1843 return ((x >= 9 && x <= 13) || x == ' ');
|
|
|
1844 }
|
|
|
1845
|
|
|
1846 /************************************************************************
|
|
119
|
1847 * Functions for handling growing arrays.
|
|
7
|
1848 */
|
|
|
1849
|
|
|
1850 /*
|
|
|
1851 * Clear an allocated growing array.
|
|
|
1852 */
|
|
|
1853 void
|
|
|
1854 ga_clear(gap)
|
|
|
1855 garray_T *gap;
|
|
|
1856 {
|
|
|
1857 vim_free(gap->ga_data);
|
|
|
1858 ga_init(gap);
|
|
|
1859 }
|
|
|
1860
|
|
|
1861 /*
|
|
|
1862 * Clear a growing array that contains a list of strings.
|
|
|
1863 */
|
|
|
1864 void
|
|
|
1865 ga_clear_strings(gap)
|
|
|
1866 garray_T *gap;
|
|
|
1867 {
|
|
|
1868 int i;
|
|
|
1869
|
|
|
1870 for (i = 0; i < gap->ga_len; ++i)
|
|
|
1871 vim_free(((char_u **)(gap->ga_data))[i]);
|
|
|
1872 ga_clear(gap);
|
|
|
1873 }
|
|
|
1874
|
|
|
1875 /*
|
|
|
1876 * Initialize a growing array. Don't forget to set ga_itemsize and
|
|
|
1877 * ga_growsize! Or use ga_init2().
|
|
|
1878 */
|
|
|
1879 void
|
|
|
1880 ga_init(gap)
|
|
|
1881 garray_T *gap;
|
|
|
1882 {
|
|
|
1883 gap->ga_data = NULL;
|
|
41
|
1884 gap->ga_maxlen = 0;
|
|
7
|
1885 gap->ga_len = 0;
|
|
|
1886 }
|
|
|
1887
|
|
|
1888 void
|
|
|
1889 ga_init2(gap, itemsize, growsize)
|
|
|
1890 garray_T *gap;
|
|
|
1891 int itemsize;
|
|
|
1892 int growsize;
|
|
|
1893 {
|
|
|
1894 ga_init(gap);
|
|
|
1895 gap->ga_itemsize = itemsize;
|
|
|
1896 gap->ga_growsize = growsize;
|
|
|
1897 }
|
|
|
1898
|
|
|
1899 /*
|
|
|
1900 * Make room in growing array "gap" for at least "n" items.
|
|
|
1901 * Return FAIL for failure, OK otherwise.
|
|
|
1902 */
|
|
|
1903 int
|
|
|
1904 ga_grow(gap, n)
|
|
|
1905 garray_T *gap;
|
|
|
1906 int n;
|
|
|
1907 {
|
|
|
1908 size_t len;
|
|
|
1909 char_u *pp;
|
|
|
1910
|
|
41
|
1911 if (gap->ga_maxlen - gap->ga_len < n)
|
|
7
|
1912 {
|
|
|
1913 if (n < gap->ga_growsize)
|
|
|
1914 n = gap->ga_growsize;
|
|
|
1915 len = gap->ga_itemsize * (gap->ga_len + n);
|
|
|
1916 pp = alloc_clear((unsigned)len);
|
|
|
1917 if (pp == NULL)
|
|
|
1918 return FAIL;
|
|
41
|
1919 gap->ga_maxlen = gap->ga_len + n;
|
|
7
|
1920 if (gap->ga_data != NULL)
|
|
|
1921 {
|
|
|
1922 mch_memmove(pp, gap->ga_data,
|
|
|
1923 (size_t)(gap->ga_itemsize * gap->ga_len));
|
|
|
1924 vim_free(gap->ga_data);
|
|
|
1925 }
|
|
|
1926 gap->ga_data = pp;
|
|
|
1927 }
|
|
|
1928 return OK;
|
|
|
1929 }
|
|
|
1930
|
|
|
1931 /*
|
|
|
1932 * Concatenate a string to a growarray which contains characters.
|
|
|
1933 * Note: Does NOT copy the NUL at the end!
|
|
|
1934 */
|
|
|
1935 void
|
|
|
1936 ga_concat(gap, s)
|
|
|
1937 garray_T *gap;
|
|
|
1938 char_u *s;
|
|
|
1939 {
|
|
|
1940 int len = (int)STRLEN(s);
|
|
|
1941
|
|
|
1942 if (ga_grow(gap, len) == OK)
|
|
|
1943 {
|
|
|
1944 mch_memmove((char *)gap->ga_data + gap->ga_len, s, (size_t)len);
|
|
|
1945 gap->ga_len += len;
|
|
|
1946 }
|
|
|
1947 }
|
|
|
1948
|
|
|
1949 /*
|
|
|
1950 * Append one byte to a growarray which contains bytes.
|
|
|
1951 */
|
|
|
1952 void
|
|
|
1953 ga_append(gap, c)
|
|
|
1954 garray_T *gap;
|
|
|
1955 int c;
|
|
|
1956 {
|
|
|
1957 if (ga_grow(gap, 1) == OK)
|
|
|
1958 {
|
|
|
1959 *((char *)gap->ga_data + gap->ga_len) = c;
|
|
|
1960 ++gap->ga_len;
|
|
|
1961 }
|
|
|
1962 }
|
|
|
1963
|
|
|
1964 /************************************************************************
|
|
|
1965 * functions that use lookup tables for various things, generally to do with
|
|
|
1966 * special key codes.
|
|
|
1967 */
|
|
|
1968
|
|
|
1969 /*
|
|
|
1970 * Some useful tables.
|
|
|
1971 */
|
|
|
1972
|
|
|
1973 static struct modmasktable
|
|
|
1974 {
|
|
|
1975 short mod_mask; /* Bit-mask for particular key modifier */
|
|
|
1976 short mod_flag; /* Bit(s) for particular key modifier */
|
|
|
1977 char_u name; /* Single letter name of modifier */
|
|
|
1978 } mod_mask_table[] =
|
|
|
1979 {
|
|
|
1980 {MOD_MASK_ALT, MOD_MASK_ALT, (char_u)'M'},
|
|
179
|
1981 {MOD_MASK_META, MOD_MASK_META, (char_u)'T'},
|
|
7
|
1982 {MOD_MASK_CTRL, MOD_MASK_CTRL, (char_u)'C'},
|
|
|
1983 {MOD_MASK_SHIFT, MOD_MASK_SHIFT, (char_u)'S'},
|
|
|
1984 {MOD_MASK_MULTI_CLICK, MOD_MASK_2CLICK, (char_u)'2'},
|
|
|
1985 {MOD_MASK_MULTI_CLICK, MOD_MASK_3CLICK, (char_u)'3'},
|
|
|
1986 {MOD_MASK_MULTI_CLICK, MOD_MASK_4CLICK, (char_u)'4'},
|
|
|
1987 #ifdef MACOS
|
|
|
1988 {MOD_MASK_CMD, MOD_MASK_CMD, (char_u)'D'},
|
|
|
1989 #endif
|
|
|
1990 /* 'A' must be the last one */
|
|
|
1991 {MOD_MASK_ALT, MOD_MASK_ALT, (char_u)'A'},
|
|
|
1992 {0, 0, NUL}
|
|
|
1993 };
|
|
|
1994
|
|
|
1995 /*
|
|
|
1996 * Shifted key terminal codes and their unshifted equivalent.
|
|
1209
|
1997 * Don't add mouse codes here, they are handled separately!
|
|
7
|
1998 */
|
|
|
1999 #define MOD_KEYS_ENTRY_SIZE 5
|
|
|
2000
|
|
|
2001 static char_u modifier_keys_table[] =
|
|
|
2002 {
|
|
|
2003 /* mod mask with modifier without modifier */
|
|
|
2004 MOD_MASK_SHIFT, '&', '9', '@', '1', /* begin */
|
|
|
2005 MOD_MASK_SHIFT, '&', '0', '@', '2', /* cancel */
|
|
|
2006 MOD_MASK_SHIFT, '*', '1', '@', '4', /* command */
|
|
|
2007 MOD_MASK_SHIFT, '*', '2', '@', '5', /* copy */
|
|
|
2008 MOD_MASK_SHIFT, '*', '3', '@', '6', /* create */
|
|
|
2009 MOD_MASK_SHIFT, '*', '4', 'k', 'D', /* delete char */
|
|
|
2010 MOD_MASK_SHIFT, '*', '5', 'k', 'L', /* delete line */
|
|
|
2011 MOD_MASK_SHIFT, '*', '7', '@', '7', /* end */
|
|
|
2012 MOD_MASK_CTRL, KS_EXTRA, (int)KE_C_END, '@', '7', /* end */
|
|
|
2013 MOD_MASK_SHIFT, '*', '9', '@', '9', /* exit */
|
|
|
2014 MOD_MASK_SHIFT, '*', '0', '@', '0', /* find */
|
|
|
2015 MOD_MASK_SHIFT, '#', '1', '%', '1', /* help */
|
|
|
2016 MOD_MASK_SHIFT, '#', '2', 'k', 'h', /* home */
|
|
|
2017 MOD_MASK_CTRL, KS_EXTRA, (int)KE_C_HOME, 'k', 'h', /* home */
|
|
|
2018 MOD_MASK_SHIFT, '#', '3', 'k', 'I', /* insert */
|
|
|
2019 MOD_MASK_SHIFT, '#', '4', 'k', 'l', /* left arrow */
|
|
|
2020 MOD_MASK_CTRL, KS_EXTRA, (int)KE_C_LEFT, 'k', 'l', /* left arrow */
|
|
|
2021 MOD_MASK_SHIFT, '%', 'a', '%', '3', /* message */
|
|
|
2022 MOD_MASK_SHIFT, '%', 'b', '%', '4', /* move */
|
|
|
2023 MOD_MASK_SHIFT, '%', 'c', '%', '5', /* next */
|
|
|
2024 MOD_MASK_SHIFT, '%', 'd', '%', '7', /* options */
|
|
|
2025 MOD_MASK_SHIFT, '%', 'e', '%', '8', /* previous */
|
|
|
2026 MOD_MASK_SHIFT, '%', 'f', '%', '9', /* print */
|
|
|
2027 MOD_MASK_SHIFT, '%', 'g', '%', '0', /* redo */
|
|
|
2028 MOD_MASK_SHIFT, '%', 'h', '&', '3', /* replace */
|
|
|
2029 MOD_MASK_SHIFT, '%', 'i', 'k', 'r', /* right arr. */
|
|
|
2030 MOD_MASK_CTRL, KS_EXTRA, (int)KE_C_RIGHT, 'k', 'r', /* right arr. */
|
|
|
2031 MOD_MASK_SHIFT, '%', 'j', '&', '5', /* resume */
|
|
|
2032 MOD_MASK_SHIFT, '!', '1', '&', '6', /* save */
|
|
|
2033 MOD_MASK_SHIFT, '!', '2', '&', '7', /* suspend */
|
|
|
2034 MOD_MASK_SHIFT, '!', '3', '&', '8', /* undo */
|
|
|
2035 MOD_MASK_SHIFT, KS_EXTRA, (int)KE_S_UP, 'k', 'u', /* up arrow */
|
|
|
2036 MOD_MASK_SHIFT, KS_EXTRA, (int)KE_S_DOWN, 'k', 'd', /* down arrow */
|
|
|
2037
|
|
|
2038 /* vt100 F1 */
|
|
|
2039 MOD_MASK_SHIFT, KS_EXTRA, (int)KE_S_XF1, KS_EXTRA, (int)KE_XF1,
|
|
|
2040 MOD_MASK_SHIFT, KS_EXTRA, (int)KE_S_XF2, KS_EXTRA, (int)KE_XF2,
|
|
|
2041 MOD_MASK_SHIFT, KS_EXTRA, (int)KE_S_XF3, KS_EXTRA, (int)KE_XF3,
|
|
|
2042 MOD_MASK_SHIFT, KS_EXTRA, (int)KE_S_XF4, KS_EXTRA, (int)KE_XF4,
|
|
|
2043
|
|
|
2044 MOD_MASK_SHIFT, KS_EXTRA, (int)KE_S_F1, 'k', '1', /* F1 */
|
|
|
2045 MOD_MASK_SHIFT, KS_EXTRA, (int)KE_S_F2, 'k', '2',
|
|
|
2046 MOD_MASK_SHIFT, KS_EXTRA, (int)KE_S_F3, 'k', '3',
|
|
|
2047 MOD_MASK_SHIFT, KS_EXTRA, (int)KE_S_F4, 'k', '4',
|
|
|
2048 MOD_MASK_SHIFT, KS_EXTRA, (int)KE_S_F5, 'k', '5',
|
|
|
2049 MOD_MASK_SHIFT, KS_EXTRA, (int)KE_S_F6, 'k', '6',
|
|
|
2050 MOD_MASK_SHIFT, KS_EXTRA, (int)KE_S_F7, 'k', '7',
|
|
|
2051 MOD_MASK_SHIFT, KS_EXTRA, (int)KE_S_F8, 'k', '8',
|
|
|
2052 MOD_MASK_SHIFT, KS_EXTRA, (int)KE_S_F9, 'k', '9',
|
|
|
2053 MOD_MASK_SHIFT, KS_EXTRA, (int)KE_S_F10, 'k', ';', /* F10 */
|
|
|
2054
|
|
|
2055 MOD_MASK_SHIFT, KS_EXTRA, (int)KE_S_F11, 'F', '1',
|
|
|
2056 MOD_MASK_SHIFT, KS_EXTRA, (int)KE_S_F12, 'F', '2',
|
|
|
2057 MOD_MASK_SHIFT, KS_EXTRA, (int)KE_S_F13, 'F', '3',
|
|
|
2058 MOD_MASK_SHIFT, KS_EXTRA, (int)KE_S_F14, 'F', '4',
|
|
|
2059 MOD_MASK_SHIFT, KS_EXTRA, (int)KE_S_F15, 'F', '5',
|
|
|
2060 MOD_MASK_SHIFT, KS_EXTRA, (int)KE_S_F16, 'F', '6',
|
|
|
2061 MOD_MASK_SHIFT, KS_EXTRA, (int)KE_S_F17, 'F', '7',
|
|
|
2062 MOD_MASK_SHIFT, KS_EXTRA, (int)KE_S_F18, 'F', '8',
|
|
|
2063 MOD_MASK_SHIFT, KS_EXTRA, (int)KE_S_F19, 'F', '9',
|
|
|
2064 MOD_MASK_SHIFT, KS_EXTRA, (int)KE_S_F20, 'F', 'A',
|
|
|
2065
|
|
|
2066 MOD_MASK_SHIFT, KS_EXTRA, (int)KE_S_F21, 'F', 'B',
|
|
|
2067 MOD_MASK_SHIFT, KS_EXTRA, (int)KE_S_F22, 'F', 'C',
|
|
|
2068 MOD_MASK_SHIFT, KS_EXTRA, (int)KE_S_F23, 'F', 'D',
|
|
|
2069 MOD_MASK_SHIFT, KS_EXTRA, (int)KE_S_F24, 'F', 'E',
|
|
|
2070 MOD_MASK_SHIFT, KS_EXTRA, (int)KE_S_F25, 'F', 'F',
|
|
|
2071 MOD_MASK_SHIFT, KS_EXTRA, (int)KE_S_F26, 'F', 'G',
|
|
|
2072 MOD_MASK_SHIFT, KS_EXTRA, (int)KE_S_F27, 'F', 'H',
|
|
|
2073 MOD_MASK_SHIFT, KS_EXTRA, (int)KE_S_F28, 'F', 'I',
|
|
|
2074 MOD_MASK_SHIFT, KS_EXTRA, (int)KE_S_F29, 'F', 'J',
|
|
|
2075 MOD_MASK_SHIFT, KS_EXTRA, (int)KE_S_F30, 'F', 'K',
|
|
|
2076
|
|
|
2077 MOD_MASK_SHIFT, KS_EXTRA, (int)KE_S_F31, 'F', 'L',
|
|
|
2078 MOD_MASK_SHIFT, KS_EXTRA, (int)KE_S_F32, 'F', 'M',
|
|
|
2079 MOD_MASK_SHIFT, KS_EXTRA, (int)KE_S_F33, 'F', 'N',
|
|
|
2080 MOD_MASK_SHIFT, KS_EXTRA, (int)KE_S_F34, 'F', 'O',
|
|
|
2081 MOD_MASK_SHIFT, KS_EXTRA, (int)KE_S_F35, 'F', 'P',
|
|
|
2082 MOD_MASK_SHIFT, KS_EXTRA, (int)KE_S_F36, 'F', 'Q',
|
|
|
2083 MOD_MASK_SHIFT, KS_EXTRA, (int)KE_S_F37, 'F', 'R',
|
|
|
2084
|
|
|
2085 /* TAB pseudo code*/
|
|
|
2086 MOD_MASK_SHIFT, 'k', 'B', KS_EXTRA, (int)KE_TAB,
|
|
|
2087
|
|
|
2088 NUL
|
|
|
2089 };
|
|
|
2090
|
|
|
2091 static struct key_name_entry
|
|
|
2092 {
|
|
|
2093 int key; /* Special key code or ascii value */
|
|
|
2094 char_u *name; /* Name of key */
|
|
|
2095 } key_names_table[] =
|
|
|
2096 {
|
|
|
2097 {' ', (char_u *)"Space"},
|
|
|
2098 {TAB, (char_u *)"Tab"},
|
|
|
2099 {K_TAB, (char_u *)"Tab"},
|
|
|
2100 {NL, (char_u *)"NL"},
|
|
|
2101 {NL, (char_u *)"NewLine"}, /* Alternative name */
|
|
|
2102 {NL, (char_u *)"LineFeed"}, /* Alternative name */
|
|
|
2103 {NL, (char_u *)"LF"}, /* Alternative name */
|
|
|
2104 {CAR, (char_u *)"CR"},
|
|
|
2105 {CAR, (char_u *)"Return"}, /* Alternative name */
|
|
|
2106 {CAR, (char_u *)"Enter"}, /* Alternative name */
|
|
|
2107 {K_BS, (char_u *)"BS"},
|
|
|
2108 {K_BS, (char_u *)"BackSpace"}, /* Alternative name */
|
|
|
2109 {ESC, (char_u *)"Esc"},
|
|
|
2110 {CSI, (char_u *)"CSI"},
|
|
|
2111 {K_CSI, (char_u *)"xCSI"},
|
|
|
2112 {'|', (char_u *)"Bar"},
|
|
|
2113 {'\\', (char_u *)"Bslash"},
|
|
|
2114 {K_DEL, (char_u *)"Del"},
|
|
|
2115 {K_DEL, (char_u *)"Delete"}, /* Alternative name */
|
|
|
2116 {K_KDEL, (char_u *)"kDel"},
|
|
|
2117 {K_UP, (char_u *)"Up"},
|
|
|
2118 {K_DOWN, (char_u *)"Down"},
|
|
|
2119 {K_LEFT, (char_u *)"Left"},
|
|
|
2120 {K_RIGHT, (char_u *)"Right"},
|
|
180
|
2121 {K_XUP, (char_u *)"xUp"},
|
|
|
2122 {K_XDOWN, (char_u *)"xDown"},
|
|
|
2123 {K_XLEFT, (char_u *)"xLeft"},
|
|
|
2124 {K_XRIGHT, (char_u *)"xRight"},
|
|
7
|
2125
|
|
|
2126 {K_F1, (char_u *)"F1"},
|
|
|
2127 {K_F2, (char_u *)"F2"},
|
|
|
2128 {K_F3, (char_u *)"F3"},
|
|
|
2129 {K_F4, (char_u *)"F4"},
|
|
|
2130 {K_F5, (char_u *)"F5"},
|
|
|
2131 {K_F6, (char_u *)"F6"},
|
|
|
2132 {K_F7, (char_u *)"F7"},
|
|
|
2133 {K_F8, (char_u *)"F8"},
|
|
|
2134 {K_F9, (char_u *)"F9"},
|
|
|
2135 {K_F10, (char_u *)"F10"},
|
|
|
2136
|
|
|
2137 {K_F11, (char_u *)"F11"},
|
|
|
2138 {K_F12, (char_u *)"F12"},
|
|
|
2139 {K_F13, (char_u *)"F13"},
|
|
|
2140 {K_F14, (char_u *)"F14"},
|
|
|
2141 {K_F15, (char_u *)"F15"},
|
|
|
2142 {K_F16, (char_u *)"F16"},
|
|
|
2143 {K_F17, (char_u *)"F17"},
|
|
|
2144 {K_F18, (char_u *)"F18"},
|
|
|
2145 {K_F19, (char_u *)"F19"},
|
|
|
2146 {K_F20, (char_u *)"F20"},
|
|
|
2147
|
|
|
2148 {K_F21, (char_u *)"F21"},
|
|
|
2149 {K_F22, (char_u *)"F22"},
|
|
|
2150 {K_F23, (char_u *)"F23"},
|
|
|
2151 {K_F24, (char_u *)"F24"},
|
|
|
2152 {K_F25, (char_u *)"F25"},
|
|
|
2153 {K_F26, (char_u *)"F26"},
|
|
|
2154 {K_F27, (char_u *)"F27"},
|
|
|
2155 {K_F28, (char_u *)"F28"},
|
|
|
2156 {K_F29, (char_u *)"F29"},
|
|
|
2157 {K_F30, (char_u *)"F30"},
|
|
|
2158
|
|
|
2159 {K_F31, (char_u *)"F31"},
|
|
|
2160 {K_F32, (char_u *)"F32"},
|
|
|
2161 {K_F33, (char_u *)"F33"},
|
|
|
2162 {K_F34, (char_u *)"F34"},
|
|
|
2163 {K_F35, (char_u *)"F35"},
|
|
|
2164 {K_F36, (char_u *)"F36"},
|
|
|
2165 {K_F37, (char_u *)"F37"},
|
|
|
2166
|
|
|
2167 {K_XF1, (char_u *)"xF1"},
|
|
|
2168 {K_XF2, (char_u *)"xF2"},
|
|
|
2169 {K_XF3, (char_u *)"xF3"},
|
|
|
2170 {K_XF4, (char_u *)"xF4"},
|
|
|
2171
|
|
|
2172 {K_HELP, (char_u *)"Help"},
|
|
|
2173 {K_UNDO, (char_u *)"Undo"},
|
|
|
2174 {K_INS, (char_u *)"Insert"},
|
|
|
2175 {K_INS, (char_u *)"Ins"}, /* Alternative name */
|
|
|
2176 {K_KINS, (char_u *)"kInsert"},
|
|
|
2177 {K_HOME, (char_u *)"Home"},
|
|
|
2178 {K_KHOME, (char_u *)"kHome"},
|
|
|
2179 {K_XHOME, (char_u *)"xHome"},
|
|
230
|
2180 {K_ZHOME, (char_u *)"zHome"},
|
|
7
|
2181 {K_END, (char_u *)"End"},
|
|
|
2182 {K_KEND, (char_u *)"kEnd"},
|
|
|
2183 {K_XEND, (char_u *)"xEnd"},
|
|
230
|
2184 {K_ZEND, (char_u *)"zEnd"},
|
|
7
|
2185 {K_PAGEUP, (char_u *)"PageUp"},
|
|
|
2186 {K_PAGEDOWN, (char_u *)"PageDown"},
|
|
|
2187 {K_KPAGEUP, (char_u *)"kPageUp"},
|
|
|
2188 {K_KPAGEDOWN, (char_u *)"kPageDown"},
|
|
|
2189
|
|
|
2190 {K_KPLUS, (char_u *)"kPlus"},
|
|
|
2191 {K_KMINUS, (char_u *)"kMinus"},
|
|
|
2192 {K_KDIVIDE, (char_u *)"kDivide"},
|
|
|
2193 {K_KMULTIPLY, (char_u *)"kMultiply"},
|
|
|
2194 {K_KENTER, (char_u *)"kEnter"},
|
|
|
2195 {K_KPOINT, (char_u *)"kPoint"},
|
|
|
2196
|
|
|
2197 {K_K0, (char_u *)"k0"},
|
|
|
2198 {K_K1, (char_u *)"k1"},
|
|
|
2199 {K_K2, (char_u *)"k2"},
|
|
|
2200 {K_K3, (char_u *)"k3"},
|
|
|
2201 {K_K4, (char_u *)"k4"},
|
|
|
2202 {K_K5, (char_u *)"k5"},
|
|
|
2203 {K_K6, (char_u *)"k6"},
|
|
|
2204 {K_K7, (char_u *)"k7"},
|
|
|
2205 {K_K8, (char_u *)"k8"},
|
|
|
2206 {K_K9, (char_u *)"k9"},
|
|
|
2207
|
|
|
2208 {'<', (char_u *)"lt"},
|
|
|
2209
|
|
|
2210 {K_MOUSE, (char_u *)"Mouse"},
|
|
|
2211 {K_NETTERM_MOUSE, (char_u *)"NetMouse"},
|
|
|
2212 {K_DEC_MOUSE, (char_u *)"DecMouse"},
|
|
|
2213 {K_JSBTERM_MOUSE, (char_u *)"JsbMouse"},
|
|
|
2214 {K_PTERM_MOUSE, (char_u *)"PtermMouse"},
|
|
|
2215 {K_LEFTMOUSE, (char_u *)"LeftMouse"},
|
|
|
2216 {K_LEFTMOUSE_NM, (char_u *)"LeftMouseNM"},
|
|
|
2217 {K_LEFTDRAG, (char_u *)"LeftDrag"},
|
|
|
2218 {K_LEFTRELEASE, (char_u *)"LeftRelease"},
|
|
|
2219 {K_LEFTRELEASE_NM, (char_u *)"LeftReleaseNM"},
|
|
|
2220 {K_MIDDLEMOUSE, (char_u *)"MiddleMouse"},
|
|
|
2221 {K_MIDDLEDRAG, (char_u *)"MiddleDrag"},
|
|
|
2222 {K_MIDDLERELEASE, (char_u *)"MiddleRelease"},
|
|
|
2223 {K_RIGHTMOUSE, (char_u *)"RightMouse"},
|
|
|
2224 {K_RIGHTDRAG, (char_u *)"RightDrag"},
|
|
|
2225 {K_RIGHTRELEASE, (char_u *)"RightRelease"},
|
|
|
2226 {K_MOUSEDOWN, (char_u *)"MouseDown"},
|
|
|
2227 {K_MOUSEUP, (char_u *)"MouseUp"},
|
|
|
2228 {K_X1MOUSE, (char_u *)"X1Mouse"},
|
|
|
2229 {K_X1DRAG, (char_u *)"X1Drag"},
|
|
|
2230 {K_X1RELEASE, (char_u *)"X1Release"},
|
|
|
2231 {K_X2MOUSE, (char_u *)"X2Mouse"},
|
|
|
2232 {K_X2DRAG, (char_u *)"X2Drag"},
|
|
|
2233 {K_X2RELEASE, (char_u *)"X2Release"},
|
|
|
2234 {K_DROP, (char_u *)"Drop"},
|
|
|
2235 {K_ZERO, (char_u *)"Nul"},
|
|
|
2236 #ifdef FEAT_EVAL
|
|
|
2237 {K_SNR, (char_u *)"SNR"},
|
|
|
2238 #endif
|
|
|
2239 {K_PLUG, (char_u *)"Plug"},
|
|
|
2240 {0, NULL}
|
|
|
2241 };
|
|
|
2242
|
|
|
2243 #define KEY_NAMES_TABLE_LEN (sizeof(key_names_table) / sizeof(struct key_name_entry))
|
|
|
2244
|
|
|
2245 #ifdef FEAT_MOUSE
|
|
|
2246 static struct mousetable
|
|
|
2247 {
|
|
|
2248 int pseudo_code; /* Code for pseudo mouse event */
|
|
|
2249 int button; /* Which mouse button is it? */
|
|
|
2250 int is_click; /* Is it a mouse button click event? */
|
|
|
2251 int is_drag; /* Is it a mouse drag event? */
|
|
|
2252 } mouse_table[] =
|
|
|
2253 {
|
|
|
2254 {(int)KE_LEFTMOUSE, MOUSE_LEFT, TRUE, FALSE},
|
|
|
2255 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
|
|
|
2256 {(int)KE_LEFTMOUSE_NM, MOUSE_LEFT, TRUE, FALSE},
|
|
|
2257 #endif
|
|
|
2258 {(int)KE_LEFTDRAG, MOUSE_LEFT, FALSE, TRUE},
|
|
|
2259 {(int)KE_LEFTRELEASE, MOUSE_LEFT, FALSE, FALSE},
|
|
|
2260 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
|
|
|
2261 {(int)KE_LEFTRELEASE_NM, MOUSE_LEFT, FALSE, FALSE},
|
|
|
2262 #endif
|
|
|
2263 {(int)KE_MIDDLEMOUSE, MOUSE_MIDDLE, TRUE, FALSE},
|
|
|
2264 {(int)KE_MIDDLEDRAG, MOUSE_MIDDLE, FALSE, TRUE},
|
|
|
2265 {(int)KE_MIDDLERELEASE, MOUSE_MIDDLE, FALSE, FALSE},
|
|
|
2266 {(int)KE_RIGHTMOUSE, MOUSE_RIGHT, TRUE, FALSE},
|
|
|
2267 {(int)KE_RIGHTDRAG, MOUSE_RIGHT, FALSE, TRUE},
|
|
|
2268 {(int)KE_RIGHTRELEASE, MOUSE_RIGHT, FALSE, FALSE},
|
|
|
2269 {(int)KE_X1MOUSE, MOUSE_X1, TRUE, FALSE},
|
|
|
2270 {(int)KE_X1DRAG, MOUSE_X1, FALSE, TRUE},
|
|
|
2271 {(int)KE_X1RELEASE, MOUSE_X1, FALSE, FALSE},
|
|
|
2272 {(int)KE_X2MOUSE, MOUSE_X2, TRUE, FALSE},
|
|
|
2273 {(int)KE_X2DRAG, MOUSE_X2, FALSE, TRUE},
|
|
|
2274 {(int)KE_X2RELEASE, MOUSE_X2, FALSE, FALSE},
|
|
|
2275 /* DRAG without CLICK */
|
|
|
2276 {(int)KE_IGNORE, MOUSE_RELEASE, FALSE, TRUE},
|
|
|
2277 /* RELEASE without CLICK */
|
|
|
2278 {(int)KE_IGNORE, MOUSE_RELEASE, FALSE, FALSE},
|
|
|
2279 {0, 0, 0, 0},
|
|
|
2280 };
|
|
|
2281 #endif /* FEAT_MOUSE */
|
|
|
2282
|
|
|
2283 /*
|
|
|
2284 * Return the modifier mask bit (MOD_MASK_*) which corresponds to the given
|
|
|
2285 * modifier name ('S' for Shift, 'C' for Ctrl etc).
|
|
|
2286 */
|
|
|
2287 int
|
|
|
2288 name_to_mod_mask(c)
|
|
|
2289 int c;
|
|
|
2290 {
|
|
|
2291 int i;
|
|
|
2292
|
|
|
2293 c = TOUPPER_ASC(c);
|
|
|
2294 for (i = 0; mod_mask_table[i].mod_mask != 0; i++)
|
|
|
2295 if (c == mod_mask_table[i].name)
|
|
|
2296 return mod_mask_table[i].mod_flag;
|
|
|
2297 return 0;
|
|
|
2298 }
|
|
|
2299
|
|
|
2300 /*
|
|
|
2301 * Check if if there is a special key code for "key" that includes the
|
|
|
2302 * modifiers specified.
|
|
|
2303 */
|
|
|
2304 int
|
|
|
2305 simplify_key(key, modifiers)
|
|
|
2306 int key;
|
|
|
2307 int *modifiers;
|
|
|
2308 {
|
|
|
2309 int i;
|
|
|
2310 int key0;
|
|
|
2311 int key1;
|
|
|
2312
|
|
|
2313 if (*modifiers & (MOD_MASK_SHIFT | MOD_MASK_CTRL | MOD_MASK_ALT))
|
|
|
2314 {
|
|
|
2315 /* TAB is a special case */
|
|
|
2316 if (key == TAB && (*modifiers & MOD_MASK_SHIFT))
|
|
|
2317 {
|
|
|
2318 *modifiers &= ~MOD_MASK_SHIFT;
|
|
|
2319 return K_S_TAB;
|
|
|
2320 }
|
|
|
2321 key0 = KEY2TERMCAP0(key);
|
|
|
2322 key1 = KEY2TERMCAP1(key);
|
|
|
2323 for (i = 0; modifier_keys_table[i] != NUL; i += MOD_KEYS_ENTRY_SIZE)
|
|
|
2324 if (key0 == modifier_keys_table[i + 3]
|
|
|
2325 && key1 == modifier_keys_table[i + 4]
|
|
|
2326 && (*modifiers & modifier_keys_table[i]))
|
|
|
2327 {
|
|
|
2328 *modifiers &= ~modifier_keys_table[i];
|
|
|
2329 return TERMCAP2KEY(modifier_keys_table[i + 1],
|
|
|
2330 modifier_keys_table[i + 2]);
|
|
|
2331 }
|
|
|
2332 }
|
|
|
2333 return key;
|
|
|
2334 }
|
|
|
2335
|
|
|
2336 /*
|
|
180
|
2337 * Change <xHome> to <Home>, <xUp> to <Up>, etc.
|
|
|
2338 */
|
|
|
2339 int
|
|
|
2340 handle_x_keys(key)
|
|
|
2341 int key;
|
|
|
2342 {
|
|
|
2343 switch (key)
|
|
|
2344 {
|
|
|
2345 case K_XUP: return K_UP;
|
|
|
2346 case K_XDOWN: return K_DOWN;
|
|
|
2347 case K_XLEFT: return K_LEFT;
|
|
|
2348 case K_XRIGHT: return K_RIGHT;
|
|
|
2349 case K_XHOME: return K_HOME;
|
|
230
|
2350 case K_ZHOME: return K_HOME;
|
|
180
|
2351 case K_XEND: return K_END;
|
|
230
|
2352 case K_ZEND: return K_END;
|
|
180
|
2353 case K_XF1: return K_F1;
|
|
|
2354 case K_XF2: return K_F2;
|
|
|
2355 case K_XF3: return K_F3;
|
|
|
2356 case K_XF4: return K_F4;
|
|
|
2357 case K_S_XF1: return K_S_F1;
|
|
|
2358 case K_S_XF2: return K_S_F2;
|
|
|
2359 case K_S_XF3: return K_S_F3;
|
|
|
2360 case K_S_XF4: return K_S_F4;
|
|
|
2361 }
|
|
|
2362 return key;
|
|
|
2363 }
|
|
|
2364
|
|
|
2365 /*
|
|
7
|
2366 * Return a string which contains the name of the given key when the given
|
|
|
2367 * modifiers are down.
|
|
|
2368 */
|
|
|
2369 char_u *
|
|
|
2370 get_special_key_name(c, modifiers)
|
|
|
2371 int c;
|
|
|
2372 int modifiers;
|
|
|
2373 {
|
|
|
2374 static char_u string[MAX_KEY_NAME_LEN + 1];
|
|
|
2375
|
|
|
2376 int i, idx;
|
|
|
2377 int table_idx;
|
|
|
2378 char_u *s;
|
|
|
2379
|
|
|
2380 string[0] = '<';
|
|
|
2381 idx = 1;
|
|
|
2382
|
|
|
2383 /* Key that stands for a normal character. */
|
|
|
2384 if (IS_SPECIAL(c) && KEY2TERMCAP0(c) == KS_KEY)
|
|
|
2385 c = KEY2TERMCAP1(c);
|
|
|
2386
|
|
|
2387 /*
|
|
|
2388 * Translate shifted special keys into unshifted keys and set modifier.
|
|
|
2389 * Same for CTRL and ALT modifiers.
|
|
|
2390 */
|
|
|
2391 if (IS_SPECIAL(c))
|
|
|
2392 {
|
|
|
2393 for (i = 0; modifier_keys_table[i] != 0; i += MOD_KEYS_ENTRY_SIZE)
|
|
|
2394 if ( KEY2TERMCAP0(c) == (int)modifier_keys_table[i + 1]
|
|
|
2395 && (int)KEY2TERMCAP1(c) == (int)modifier_keys_table[i + 2])
|
|
|
2396 {
|
|
|
2397 modifiers |= modifier_keys_table[i];
|
|
|
2398 c = TERMCAP2KEY(modifier_keys_table[i + 3],
|
|
|
2399 modifier_keys_table[i + 4]);
|
|
|
2400 break;
|
|
|
2401 }
|
|
|
2402 }
|
|
|
2403
|
|
|
2404 /* try to find the key in the special key table */
|
|
|
2405 table_idx = find_special_key_in_table(c);
|
|
|
2406
|
|
|
2407 /*
|
|
|
2408 * When not a known special key, and not a printable character, try to
|
|
|
2409 * extract modifiers.
|
|
|
2410 */
|
|
|
2411 if (c > 0
|
|
|
2412 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
2413 && (*mb_char2len)(c) == 1
|
|
|
2414 #endif
|
|
|
2415 )
|
|
|
2416 {
|
|
|
2417 if (table_idx < 0
|
|
|
2418 && (!vim_isprintc(c) || (c & 0x7f) == ' ')
|
|
|
2419 && (c & 0x80))
|
|
|
2420 {
|
|
|
2421 c &= 0x7f;
|
|
|
2422 modifiers |= MOD_MASK_ALT;
|
|
|
2423 /* try again, to find the un-alted key in the special key table */
|
|
|
2424 table_idx = find_special_key_in_table(c);
|
|
|
2425 }
|
|
|
2426 if (table_idx < 0 && !vim_isprintc(c) && c < ' ')
|
|
|
2427 {
|
|
|
2428 #ifdef EBCDIC
|
|
|
2429 c = CtrlChar(c);
|
|
|
2430 #else
|
|
|
2431 c += '@';
|
|
|
2432 #endif
|
|
|
2433 modifiers |= MOD_MASK_CTRL;
|
|
|
2434 }
|
|
|
2435 }
|
|
|
2436
|
|
|
2437 /* translate the modifier into a string */
|
|
|
2438 for (i = 0; mod_mask_table[i].name != 'A'; i++)
|
|
|
2439 if ((modifiers & mod_mask_table[i].mod_mask)
|
|
|
2440 == mod_mask_table[i].mod_flag)
|
|
|
2441 {
|
|
|
2442 string[idx++] = mod_mask_table[i].name;
|
|
|
2443 string[idx++] = (char_u)'-';
|
|
|
2444 }
|
|
|
2445
|
|
|
2446 if (table_idx < 0) /* unknown special key, may output t_xx */
|
|
|
2447 {
|
|
|
2448 if (IS_SPECIAL(c))
|
|
|
2449 {
|
|
|
2450 string[idx++] = 't';
|
|
|
2451 string[idx++] = '_';
|
|
|
2452 string[idx++] = KEY2TERMCAP0(c);
|
|
|
2453 string[idx++] = KEY2TERMCAP1(c);
|
|
|
2454 }
|
|
|
2455 /* Not a special key, only modifiers, output directly */
|
|
|
2456 else
|
|
|
2457 {
|
|
|
2458 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
2459 if (has_mbyte && (*mb_char2len)(c) > 1)
|
|
|
2460 idx += (*mb_char2bytes)(c, string + idx);
|
|
|
2461 else
|
|
|
2462 #endif
|
|
|
2463 if (vim_isprintc(c))
|
|
|
2464 string[idx++] = c;
|
|
|
2465 else
|
|
|
2466 {
|
|
|
2467 s = transchar(c);
|
|
|
2468 while (*s)
|
|
|
2469 string[idx++] = *s++;
|
|
|
2470 }
|
|
|
2471 }
|
|
|
2472 }
|
|
|
2473 else /* use name of special key */
|
|
|
2474 {
|
|
|
2475 STRCPY(string + idx, key_names_table[table_idx].name);
|
|
|
2476 idx = (int)STRLEN(string);
|
|
|
2477 }
|
|
|
2478 string[idx++] = '>';
|
|
|
2479 string[idx] = NUL;
|
|
|
2480 return string;
|
|
|
2481 }
|
|
|
2482
|
|
|
2483 /*
|
|
|
2484 * Try translating a <> name at (*srcp)[] to dst[].
|
|
|
2485 * Return the number of characters added to dst[], zero for no match.
|
|
|
2486 * If there is a match, srcp is advanced to after the <> name.
|
|
|
2487 * dst[] must be big enough to hold the result (up to six characters)!
|
|
|
2488 */
|
|
|
2489 int
|
|
|
2490 trans_special(srcp, dst, keycode)
|
|
|
2491 char_u **srcp;
|
|
|
2492 char_u *dst;
|
|
|
2493 int keycode; /* prefer key code, e.g. K_DEL instead of DEL */
|
|
|
2494 {
|
|
|
2495 int modifiers = 0;
|
|
|
2496 int key;
|
|
|
2497 int dlen = 0;
|
|
|
2498
|
|
|
2499 key = find_special_key(srcp, &modifiers, keycode);
|
|
|
2500 if (key == 0)
|
|
|
2501 return 0;
|
|
|
2502
|
|
|
2503 /* Put the appropriate modifier in a string */
|
|
|
2504 if (modifiers != 0)
|
|
|
2505 {
|
|
|
2506 dst[dlen++] = K_SPECIAL;
|
|
|
2507 dst[dlen++] = KS_MODIFIER;
|
|
|
2508 dst[dlen++] = modifiers;
|
|
|
2509 }
|
|
|
2510
|
|
|
2511 if (IS_SPECIAL(key))
|
|
|
2512 {
|
|
|
2513 dst[dlen++] = K_SPECIAL;
|
|
|
2514 dst[dlen++] = KEY2TERMCAP0(key);
|
|
|
2515 dst[dlen++] = KEY2TERMCAP1(key);
|
|
|
2516 }
|
|
|
2517 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
2518 else if (has_mbyte && !keycode)
|
|
|
2519 dlen += (*mb_char2bytes)(key, dst + dlen);
|
|
|
2520 #endif
|
|
|
2521 else if (keycode)
|
|
|
2522 dlen = (int)(add_char2buf(key, dst + dlen) - dst);
|
|
|
2523 else
|
|
|
2524 dst[dlen++] = key;
|
|
|
2525
|
|
|
2526 return dlen;
|
|
|
2527 }
|
|
|
2528
|
|
|
2529 /*
|
|
|
2530 * Try translating a <> name at (*srcp)[], return the key and modifiers.
|
|
|
2531 * srcp is advanced to after the <> name.
|
|
|
2532 * returns 0 if there is no match.
|
|
|
2533 */
|
|
|
2534 int
|
|
|
2535 find_special_key(srcp, modp, keycode)
|
|
|
2536 char_u **srcp;
|
|
|
2537 int *modp;
|
|
|
2538 int keycode; /* prefer key code, e.g. K_DEL instead of DEL */
|
|
|
2539 {
|
|
|
2540 char_u *last_dash;
|
|
|
2541 char_u *end_of_name;
|
|
|
2542 char_u *src;
|
|
|
2543 char_u *bp;
|
|
|
2544 int modifiers;
|
|
|
2545 int bit;
|
|
|
2546 int key;
|
|
835
|
2547 unsigned long n;
|
|
7
|
2548
|
|
|
2549 src = *srcp;
|
|
|
2550 if (src[0] != '<')
|
|
|
2551 return 0;
|
|
|
2552
|
|
|
2553 /* Find end of modifier list */
|
|
|
2554 last_dash = src;
|
|
|
2555 for (bp = src + 1; *bp == '-' || vim_isIDc(*bp); bp++)
|
|
|
2556 {
|
|
|
2557 if (*bp == '-')
|
|
|
2558 {
|
|
|
2559 last_dash = bp;
|
|
|
2560 if (bp[1] != NUL && bp[2] == '>')
|
|
|
2561 ++bp; /* anything accepted, like <C-?> */
|
|
|
2562 }
|
|
|
2563 if (bp[0] == 't' && bp[1] == '_' && bp[2] && bp[3])
|
|
|
2564 bp += 3; /* skip t_xx, xx may be '-' or '>' */
|
|
|
2565 }
|
|
|
2566
|
|
|
2567 if (*bp == '>') /* found matching '>' */
|
|
|
2568 {
|
|
|
2569 end_of_name = bp + 1;
|
|
|
2570
|
|
|
2571 if (STRNICMP(src + 1, "char-", 5) == 0 && VIM_ISDIGIT(src[6]))
|
|
|
2572 {
|
|
|
2573 /* <Char-123> or <Char-033> or <Char-0x33> */
|
|
|
2574 vim_str2nr(src + 6, NULL, NULL, TRUE, TRUE, NULL, &n);
|
|
|
2575 *modp = 0;
|
|
|
2576 *srcp = end_of_name;
|
|
|
2577 return (int)n;
|
|
|
2578 }
|
|
|
2579
|
|
|
2580 /* Which modifiers are given? */
|
|
|
2581 modifiers = 0x0;
|
|
|
2582 for (bp = src + 1; bp < last_dash; bp++)
|
|
|
2583 {
|
|
|
2584 if (*bp != '-')
|
|
|
2585 {
|
|
|
2586 bit = name_to_mod_mask(*bp);
|
|
|
2587 if (bit == 0x0)
|
|
|
2588 break; /* Illegal modifier name */
|
|
|
2589 modifiers |= bit;
|
|
|
2590 }
|
|
|
2591 }
|
|
|
2592
|
|
|
2593 /*
|
|
|
2594 * Legal modifier name.
|
|
|
2595 */
|
|
|
2596 if (bp >= last_dash)
|
|
|
2597 {
|
|
|
2598 /*
|
|
|
2599 * Modifier with single letter, or special key name.
|
|
|
2600 */
|
|
|
2601 if (modifiers != 0 && last_dash[2] == '>')
|
|
|
2602 key = last_dash[1];
|
|
|
2603 else
|
|
180
|
2604 {
|
|
7
|
2605 key = get_special_key_code(last_dash + 1);
|
|
180
|
2606 key = handle_x_keys(key);
|
|
|
2607 }
|
|
7
|
2608
|
|
|
2609 /*
|
|
|
2610 * get_special_key_code() may return NUL for invalid
|
|
|
2611 * special key name.
|
|
|
2612 */
|
|
|
2613 if (key != NUL)
|
|
|
2614 {
|
|
|
2615 /*
|
|
|
2616 * Only use a modifier when there is no special key code that
|
|
|
2617 * includes the modifier.
|
|
|
2618 */
|
|
|
2619 key = simplify_key(key, &modifiers);
|
|
|
2620
|
|
|
2621 if (!keycode)
|
|
|
2622 {
|
|
|
2623 /* don't want keycode, use single byte code */
|
|
|
2624 if (key == K_BS)
|
|
|
2625 key = BS;
|
|
|
2626 else if (key == K_DEL || key == K_KDEL)
|
|
|
2627 key = DEL;
|
|
|
2628 }
|
|
|
2629
|
|
|
2630 /*
|
|
|
2631 * Normal Key with modifier: Try to make a single byte code.
|
|
|
2632 */
|
|
|
2633 if (!IS_SPECIAL(key))
|
|
|
2634 key = extract_modifiers(key, &modifiers);
|
|
|
2635
|
|
|
2636 *modp = modifiers;
|
|
|
2637 *srcp = end_of_name;
|
|
|
2638 return key;
|
|
|
2639 }
|
|
|
2640 }
|
|
|
2641 }
|
|
|
2642 return 0;
|
|
|
2643 }
|
|
|
2644
|
|
|
2645 /*
|
|
|
2646 * Try to include modifiers in the key.
|
|
|
2647 * Changes "Shift-a" to 'A', "Alt-A" to 0xc0, etc.
|
|
|
2648 */
|
|
|
2649 int
|
|
|
2650 extract_modifiers(key, modp)
|
|
|
2651 int key;
|
|
|
2652 int *modp;
|
|
|
2653 {
|
|
|
2654 int modifiers = *modp;
|
|
|
2655
|
|
|
2656 #ifdef MACOS
|
|
|
2657 /* Command-key really special, No fancynest */
|
|
|
2658 if (!(modifiers & MOD_MASK_CMD))
|
|
|
2659 #endif
|
|
|
2660 if ((modifiers & MOD_MASK_SHIFT) && ASCII_ISALPHA(key))
|
|
|
2661 {
|
|
|
2662 key = TOUPPER_ASC(key);
|
|
|
2663 modifiers &= ~MOD_MASK_SHIFT;
|
|
|
2664 }
|
|
|
2665 if ((modifiers & MOD_MASK_CTRL)
|
|
|
2666 #ifdef EBCDIC
|
|
|
2667 /* * TODO: EBCDIC Better use:
|
|
|
2668 * && (Ctrl_chr(key) || key == '?')
|
|
|
2669 * ??? */
|
|
|
2670 && strchr("?@ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ[\\]^_", key)
|
|
|
2671 != NULL
|
|
|
2672 #else
|
|
|
2673 && ((key >= '?' && key <= '_') || ASCII_ISALPHA(key))
|
|
|
2674 #endif
|
|
|
2675 )
|
|
|
2676 {
|
|
|
2677 key = Ctrl_chr(key);
|
|
|
2678 modifiers &= ~MOD_MASK_CTRL;
|
|
|
2679 /* <C-@> is <Nul> */
|
|
|
2680 if (key == 0)
|
|
|
2681 key = K_ZERO;
|
|
|
2682 }
|
|
|
2683 #ifdef MACOS
|
|
|
2684 /* Command-key really special, No fancynest */
|
|
|
2685 if (!(modifiers & MOD_MASK_CMD))
|
|
|
2686 #endif
|
|
|
2687 if ((modifiers & MOD_MASK_ALT) && key < 0x80
|
|
|
2688 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
2689 && !enc_dbcs /* avoid creating a lead byte */
|
|
|
2690 #endif
|
|
|
2691 )
|
|
|
2692 {
|
|
|
2693 key |= 0x80;
|
|
|
2694 modifiers &= ~MOD_MASK_ALT; /* remove the META modifier */
|
|
|
2695 }
|
|
|
2696
|
|
|
2697 *modp = modifiers;
|
|
|
2698 return key;
|
|
|
2699 }
|
|
|
2700
|
|
|
2701 /*
|
|
|
2702 * Try to find key "c" in the special key table.
|
|
|
2703 * Return the index when found, -1 when not found.
|
|
|
2704 */
|
|
|
2705 int
|
|
|
2706 find_special_key_in_table(c)
|
|
|
2707 int c;
|
|
|
2708 {
|
|
|
2709 int i;
|
|
|
2710
|
|
|
2711 for (i = 0; key_names_table[i].name != NULL; i++)
|
|
|
2712 if (c == key_names_table[i].key)
|
|
|
2713 break;
|
|
|
2714 if (key_names_table[i].name == NULL)
|
|
|
2715 i = -1;
|
|
|
2716 return i;
|
|
|
2717 }
|
|
|
2718
|
|
|
2719 /*
|
|
|
2720 * Find the special key with the given name (the given string does not have to
|
|
|
2721 * end with NUL, the name is assumed to end before the first non-idchar).
|
|
|
2722 * If the name starts with "t_" the next two characters are interpreted as a
|
|
|
2723 * termcap name.
|
|
|
2724 * Return the key code, or 0 if not found.
|
|
|
2725 */
|
|
|
2726 int
|
|
|
2727 get_special_key_code(name)
|
|
|
2728 char_u *name;
|
|
|
2729 {
|
|
|
2730 char_u *table_name;
|
|
|
2731 char_u string[3];
|
|
|
2732 int i, j;
|
|
|
2733
|
|
|
2734 /*
|
|
|
2735 * If it's <t_xx> we get the code for xx from the termcap
|
|
|
2736 */
|
|
|
2737 if (name[0] == 't' && name[1] == '_' && name[2] != NUL && name[3] != NUL)
|
|
|
2738 {
|
|
|
2739 string[0] = name[2];
|
|
|
2740 string[1] = name[3];
|
|
|
2741 string[2] = NUL;
|
|
|
2742 if (add_termcap_entry(string, FALSE) == OK)
|
|
|
2743 return TERMCAP2KEY(name[2], name[3]);
|
|
|
2744 }
|
|
|
2745 else
|
|
|
2746 for (i = 0; key_names_table[i].name != NULL; i++)
|
|
|
2747 {
|
|
|
2748 table_name = key_names_table[i].name;
|
|
|
2749 for (j = 0; vim_isIDc(name[j]) && table_name[j] != NUL; j++)
|
|
|
2750 if (TOLOWER_ASC(table_name[j]) != TOLOWER_ASC(name[j]))
|
|
|
2751 break;
|
|
|
2752 if (!vim_isIDc(name[j]) && table_name[j] == NUL)
|
|
|
2753 return key_names_table[i].key;
|
|
|
2754 }
|
|
|
2755 return 0;
|
|
|
2756 }
|
|
|
2757
|
|
|
2758 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_COMPL
|
|
|
2759 char_u *
|
|
|
2760 get_key_name(i)
|
|
|
2761 int i;
|
|
|
2762 {
|
|
|
2763 if (i >= KEY_NAMES_TABLE_LEN)
|
|
|
2764 return NULL;
|
|
|
2765 return key_names_table[i].name;
|
|
|
2766 }
|
|
|
2767 #endif
|
|
|
2768
|
|
|
2769 #ifdef FEAT_MOUSE
|
|
|
2770 /*
|
|
|
2771 * Look up the given mouse code to return the relevant information in the other
|
|
|
2772 * arguments. Return which button is down or was released.
|
|
|
2773 */
|
|
|
2774 int
|
|
|
2775 get_mouse_button(code, is_click, is_drag)
|
|
|
2776 int code;
|
|
|
2777 int *is_click;
|
|
|
2778 int *is_drag;
|
|
|
2779 {
|
|
|
2780 int i;
|
|
|
2781
|
|
|
2782 for (i = 0; mouse_table[i].pseudo_code; i++)
|
|
|
2783 if (code == mouse_table[i].pseudo_code)
|
|
|
2784 {
|
|
|
2785 *is_click = mouse_table[i].is_click;
|
|
|
2786 *is_drag = mouse_table[i].is_drag;
|
|
|
2787 return mouse_table[i].button;
|
|
|
2788 }
|
|
|
2789 return 0; /* Shouldn't get here */
|
|
|
2790 }
|
|
|
2791
|
|
|
2792 /*
|
|
|
2793 * Return the appropriate pseudo mouse event token (KE_LEFTMOUSE etc) based on
|
|
|
2794 * the given information about which mouse button is down, and whether the
|
|
|
2795 * mouse was clicked, dragged or released.
|
|
|
2796 */
|
|
|
2797 int
|
|
|
2798 get_pseudo_mouse_code(button, is_click, is_drag)
|
|
|
2799 int button; /* eg MOUSE_LEFT */
|
|
|
2800 int is_click;
|
|
|
2801 int is_drag;
|
|
|
2802 {
|
|
|
2803 int i;
|
|
|
2804
|
|
|
2805 for (i = 0; mouse_table[i].pseudo_code; i++)
|
|
|
2806 if (button == mouse_table[i].button
|
|
|
2807 && is_click == mouse_table[i].is_click
|
|
|
2808 && is_drag == mouse_table[i].is_drag)
|
|
|
2809 {
|
|
|
2810 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
|
|
263
|
2811 /* Trick: a non mappable left click and release has mouse_col -1
|
|
|
2812 * or added MOUSE_COLOFF. Used for 'mousefocus' in
|
|
|
2813 * gui_mouse_moved() */
|
|
|
2814 if (mouse_col < 0 || mouse_col > MOUSE_COLOFF)
|
|
7
|
2815 {
|
|
263
|
2816 if (mouse_col < 0)
|
|
|
2817 mouse_col = 0;
|
|
|
2818 else
|
|
|
2819 mouse_col -= MOUSE_COLOFF;
|
|
7
|
2820 if (mouse_table[i].pseudo_code == (int)KE_LEFTMOUSE)
|
|
|
2821 return (int)KE_LEFTMOUSE_NM;
|
|
|
2822 if (mouse_table[i].pseudo_code == (int)KE_LEFTRELEASE)
|
|
|
2823 return (int)KE_LEFTRELEASE_NM;
|
|
|
2824 }
|
|
|
2825 #endif
|
|
|
2826 return mouse_table[i].pseudo_code;
|
|
|
2827 }
|
|
1209
|
2828 return (int)KE_IGNORE; /* not recognized, ignore it */
|
|
7
|
2829 }
|
|
|
2830 #endif /* FEAT_MOUSE */
|
|
|
2831
|
|
|
2832 /*
|
|
|
2833 * Return the current end-of-line type: EOL_DOS, EOL_UNIX or EOL_MAC.
|
|
|
2834 */
|
|
|
2835 int
|
|
|
2836 get_fileformat(buf)
|
|
|
2837 buf_T *buf;
|
|
|
2838 {
|
|
|
2839 int c = *buf->b_p_ff;
|
|
|
2840
|
|
|
2841 if (buf->b_p_bin || c == 'u')
|
|
|
2842 return EOL_UNIX;
|
|
|
2843 if (c == 'm')
|
|
|
2844 return EOL_MAC;
|
|
|
2845 return EOL_DOS;
|
|
|
2846 }
|
|
|
2847
|
|
|
2848 /*
|
|
|
2849 * Like get_fileformat(), but override 'fileformat' with "p" for "++opt=val"
|
|
|
2850 * argument.
|
|
|
2851 */
|
|
|
2852 int
|
|
|
2853 get_fileformat_force(buf, eap)
|
|
|
2854 buf_T *buf;
|
|
|
2855 exarg_T *eap; /* can be NULL! */
|
|
|
2856 {
|
|
|
2857 int c;
|
|
|
2858
|
|
|
2859 if (eap != NULL && eap->force_ff != 0)
|
|
|
2860 c = eap->cmd[eap->force_ff];
|
|
|
2861 else
|
|
|
2862 {
|
|
|
2863 if ((eap != NULL && eap->force_bin != 0)
|
|
|
2864 ? (eap->force_bin == FORCE_BIN) : buf->b_p_bin)
|
|
|
2865 return EOL_UNIX;
|
|
|
2866 c = *buf->b_p_ff;
|
|
|
2867 }
|
|
|
2868 if (c == 'u')
|
|
|
2869 return EOL_UNIX;
|
|
|
2870 if (c == 'm')
|
|
|
2871 return EOL_MAC;
|
|
|
2872 return EOL_DOS;
|
|
|
2873 }
|
|
|
2874
|
|
|
2875 /*
|
|
|
2876 * Set the current end-of-line type to EOL_DOS, EOL_UNIX or EOL_MAC.
|
|
|
2877 * Sets both 'textmode' and 'fileformat'.
|
|
|
2878 * Note: Does _not_ set global value of 'textmode'!
|
|
|
2879 */
|
|
|
2880 void
|
|
|
2881 set_fileformat(t, opt_flags)
|
|
|
2882 int t;
|
|
|
2883 int opt_flags; /* OPT_LOCAL and/or OPT_GLOBAL */
|
|
|
2884 {
|
|
|
2885 char *p = NULL;
|
|
|
2886
|
|
|
2887 switch (t)
|
|
|
2888 {
|
|
|
2889 case EOL_DOS:
|
|
|
2890 p = FF_DOS;
|
|
|
2891 curbuf->b_p_tx = TRUE;
|
|
|
2892 break;
|
|
|
2893 case EOL_UNIX:
|
|
|
2894 p = FF_UNIX;
|
|
|
2895 curbuf->b_p_tx = FALSE;
|
|
|
2896 break;
|
|
|
2897 case EOL_MAC:
|
|
|
2898 p = FF_MAC;
|
|
|
2899 curbuf->b_p_tx = FALSE;
|
|
|
2900 break;
|
|
|
2901 }
|
|
|
2902 if (p != NULL)
|
|
|
2903 set_string_option_direct((char_u *)"ff", -1, (char_u *)p,
|
|
694
|
2904 OPT_FREE | opt_flags, 0);
|
|
|
2905
|
|
7
|
2906 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS
|
|
671
|
2907 /* This may cause the buffer to become (un)modified. */
|
|
7
|
2908 check_status(curbuf);
|
|
673
|
2909 redraw_tabline = TRUE;
|
|
7
|
2910 #endif
|
|
|
2911 #ifdef FEAT_TITLE
|
|
|
2912 need_maketitle = TRUE; /* set window title later */
|
|
|
2913 #endif
|
|
|
2914 }
|
|
|
2915
|
|
|
2916 /*
|
|
|
2917 * Return the default fileformat from 'fileformats'.
|
|
|
2918 */
|
|
|
2919 int
|
|
|
2920 default_fileformat()
|
|
|
2921 {
|
|
|
2922 switch (*p_ffs)
|
|
|
2923 {
|
|
|
2924 case 'm': return EOL_MAC;
|
|
|
2925 case 'd': return EOL_DOS;
|
|
|
2926 }
|
|
|
2927 return EOL_UNIX;
|
|
|
2928 }
|
|
|
2929
|
|
|
2930 /*
|
|
|
2931 * Call shell. Calls mch_call_shell, with 'shellxquote' added.
|
|
|
2932 */
|
|
|
2933 int
|
|
|
2934 call_shell(cmd, opt)
|
|
|
2935 char_u *cmd;
|
|
|
2936 int opt;
|
|
|
2937 {
|
|
|
2938 char_u *ncmd;
|
|
|
2939 int retval;
|
|
170
|
2940 #ifdef FEAT_PROFILE
|
|
|
2941 proftime_T wait_time;
|
|
|
2942 #endif
|
|
7
|
2943
|
|
|
2944 if (p_verbose > 3)
|
|
|
2945 {
|
|
293
|
2946 verbose_enter();
|
|
273
|
2947 smsg((char_u *)_("Calling shell to execute: \"%s\""),
|
|
7
|
2948 cmd == NULL ? p_sh : cmd);
|
|
|
2949 out_char('\n');
|
|
|
2950 cursor_on();
|
|
293
|
2951 verbose_leave();
|
|
7
|
2952 }
|
|
|
2953
|
|
170
|
2954 #ifdef FEAT_PROFILE
|
|
789
|
2955 if (do_profiling == PROF_YES)
|
|
170
|
2956 prof_child_enter(&wait_time);
|
|
|
2957 #endif
|
|
|
2958
|
|
7
|
2959 if (*p_sh == NUL)
|
|
|
2960 {
|
|
|
2961 EMSG(_(e_shellempty));
|
|
|
2962 retval = -1;
|
|
|
2963 }
|
|
|
2964 else
|
|
|
2965 {
|
|
|
2966 #ifdef FEAT_GUI_MSWIN
|
|
|
2967 /* Don't hide the pointer while executing a shell command. */
|
|
|
2968 gui_mch_mousehide(FALSE);
|
|
|
2969 #endif
|
|
|
2970 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
|
|
|
2971 ++hold_gui_events;
|
|
|
2972 #endif
|
|
|
2973 /* The external command may update a tags file, clear cached tags. */
|
|
|
2974 tag_freematch();
|
|
|
2975
|
|
|
2976 if (cmd == NULL || *p_sxq == NUL)
|
|
|
2977 retval = mch_call_shell(cmd, opt);
|
|
|
2978 else
|
|
|
2979 {
|
|
|
2980 ncmd = alloc((unsigned)(STRLEN(cmd) + STRLEN(p_sxq) * 2 + 1));
|
|
|
2981 if (ncmd != NULL)
|
|
|
2982 {
|
|
|
2983 STRCPY(ncmd, p_sxq);
|
|
|
2984 STRCAT(ncmd, cmd);
|
|
|
2985 STRCAT(ncmd, p_sxq);
|
|
|
2986 retval = mch_call_shell(ncmd, opt);
|
|
|
2987 vim_free(ncmd);
|
|
|
2988 }
|
|
|
2989 else
|
|
|
2990 retval = -1;
|
|
|
2991 }
|
|
|
2992 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
|
|
|
2993 --hold_gui_events;
|
|
|
2994 #endif
|
|
|
2995 /*
|
|
|
2996 * Check the window size, in case it changed while executing the
|
|
|
2997 * external command.
|
|
|
2998 */
|
|
|
2999 shell_resized_check();
|
|
|
3000 }
|
|
|
3001
|
|
|
3002 #ifdef FEAT_EVAL
|
|
|
3003 set_vim_var_nr(VV_SHELL_ERROR, (long)retval);
|
|
170
|
3004 # ifdef FEAT_PROFILE
|
|
789
|
3005 if (do_profiling == PROF_YES)
|
|
170
|
3006 prof_child_exit(&wait_time);
|
|
|
3007 # endif
|
|
7
|
3008 #endif
|
|
|
3009
|
|
|
3010 return retval;
|
|
|
3011 }
|
|
|
3012
|
|
|
3013 /*
|
|
789
|
3014 * VISUAL, SELECTMODE and OP_PENDING State are never set, they are equal to
|
|
|
3015 * NORMAL State with a condition. This function returns the real State.
|
|
7
|
3016 */
|
|
|
3017 int
|
|
|
3018 get_real_state()
|
|
|
3019 {
|
|
|
3020 if (State & NORMAL)
|
|
|
3021 {
|
|
|
3022 #ifdef FEAT_VISUAL
|
|
|
3023 if (VIsual_active)
|
|
789
|
3024 {
|
|
|
3025 if (VIsual_select)
|
|
|
3026 return SELECTMODE;
|
|
7
|
3027 return VISUAL;
|
|
789
|
3028 }
|
|
7
|
3029 else
|
|
|
3030 #endif
|
|
|
3031 if (finish_op)
|
|
789
|
3032 return OP_PENDING;
|
|
7
|
3033 }
|
|
|
3034 return State;
|
|
|
3035 }
|
|
|
3036
|
|
39
|
3037 #if defined(FEAT_MBYTE) || defined(PROTO)
|
|
|
3038 /*
|
|
|
3039 * Return TRUE if "p" points to just after a path separator.
|
|
|
3040 * Take care of multi-byte characters.
|
|
|
3041 * "b" must point to the start of the file name
|
|
|
3042 */
|
|
|
3043 int
|
|
|
3044 after_pathsep(b, p)
|
|
|
3045 char_u *b;
|
|
|
3046 char_u *p;
|
|
|
3047 {
|
|
|
3048 return vim_ispathsep(p[-1])
|
|
|
3049 && (!has_mbyte || (*mb_head_off)(b, p - 1) == 0);
|
|
|
3050 }
|
|
|
3051 #endif
|
|
|
3052
|
|
|
3053 /*
|
|
|
3054 * Return TRUE if file names "f1" and "f2" are in the same directory.
|
|
|
3055 * "f1" may be a short name, "f2" must be a full path.
|
|
|
3056 */
|
|
|
3057 int
|
|
|
3058 same_directory(f1, f2)
|
|
|
3059 char_u *f1;
|
|
|
3060 char_u *f2;
|
|
|
3061 {
|
|
|
3062 char_u ffname[MAXPATHL];
|
|
|
3063 char_u *t1;
|
|
|
3064 char_u *t2;
|
|
|
3065
|
|
|
3066 /* safety check */
|
|
|
3067 if (f1 == NULL || f2 == NULL)
|
|
|
3068 return FALSE;
|
|
|
3069
|
|
|
3070 (void)vim_FullName(f1, ffname, MAXPATHL, FALSE);
|
|
|
3071 t1 = gettail_sep(ffname);
|
|
|
3072 t2 = gettail_sep(f2);
|
|
|
3073 return (t1 - ffname == t2 - f2
|
|
|
3074 && pathcmp((char *)ffname, (char *)f2, (int)(t1 - ffname)) == 0);
|
|
|
3075 }
|
|
|
3076
|
|
7
|
3077 #if defined(FEAT_SESSION) || defined(MSWIN) || defined(FEAT_GUI_MAC) \
|
|
574
|
3078 || ((defined(FEAT_GUI_GTK)) \
|
|
11
|
3079 && ( defined(FEAT_WINDOWS) || defined(FEAT_DND)) ) \
|
|
7
|
3080 || defined(FEAT_SUN_WORKSHOP) || defined(FEAT_NETBEANS_INTG) \
|
|
|
3081 || defined(PROTO)
|
|
|
3082 /*
|
|
|
3083 * Change to a file's directory.
|
|
|
3084 * Caller must call shorten_fnames()!
|
|
|
3085 * Return OK or FAIL.
|
|
|
3086 */
|
|
|
3087 int
|
|
|
3088 vim_chdirfile(fname)
|
|
|
3089 char_u *fname;
|
|
|
3090 {
|
|
39
|
3091 char_u dir[MAXPATHL];
|
|
|
3092
|
|
418
|
3093 vim_strncpy(dir, fname, MAXPATHL - 1);
|
|
39
|
3094 *gettail_sep(dir) = NUL;
|
|
|
3095 return mch_chdir((char *)dir) == 0 ? OK : FAIL;
|
|
7
|
3096 }
|
|
|
3097 #endif
|
|
|
3098
|
|
|
3099 #if defined(STAT_IGNORES_SLASH) || defined(PROTO)
|
|
|
3100 /*
|
|
|
3101 * Check if "name" ends in a slash and is not a directory.
|
|
|
3102 * Used for systems where stat() ignores a trailing slash on a file name.
|
|
|
3103 * The Vim code assumes a trailing slash is only ignored for a directory.
|
|
|
3104 */
|
|
|
3105 int
|
|
|
3106 illegal_slash(name)
|
|
|
3107 char *name;
|
|
|
3108 {
|
|
|
3109 if (name[0] == NUL)
|
|
|
3110 return FALSE; /* no file name is not illegal */
|
|
|
3111 if (name[strlen(name) - 1] != '/')
|
|
|
3112 return FALSE; /* no trailing slash */
|
|
|
3113 if (mch_isdir((char_u *)name))
|
|
|
3114 return FALSE; /* trailing slash for a directory */
|
|
|
3115 return TRUE;
|
|
|
3116 }
|
|
|
3117 #endif
|
|
|
3118
|
|
|
3119 #if defined(CURSOR_SHAPE) || defined(PROTO)
|
|
|
3120
|
|
|
3121 /*
|
|
|
3122 * Handling of cursor and mouse pointer shapes in various modes.
|
|
|
3123 */
|
|
|
3124
|
|
|
3125 cursorentry_T shape_table[SHAPE_IDX_COUNT] =
|
|
|
3126 {
|
|
|
3127 /* The values will be filled in from the 'guicursor' and 'mouseshape'
|
|
|
3128 * defaults when Vim starts.
|
|
|
3129 * Adjust the SHAPE_IDX_ defines when making changes! */
|
|
|
3130 {0, 0, 0, 700L, 400L, 250L, 0, 0, "n", SHAPE_CURSOR+SHAPE_MOUSE},
|
|
|
3131 {0, 0, 0, 700L, 400L, 250L, 0, 0, "v", SHAPE_CURSOR+SHAPE_MOUSE},
|
|
|
3132 {0, 0, 0, 700L, 400L, 250L, 0, 0, "i", SHAPE_CURSOR+SHAPE_MOUSE},
|
|
|
3133 {0, 0, 0, 700L, 400L, 250L, 0, 0, "r", SHAPE_CURSOR+SHAPE_MOUSE},
|
|
|
3134 {0, 0, 0, 700L, 400L, 250L, 0, 0, "c", SHAPE_CURSOR+SHAPE_MOUSE},
|
|
|
3135 {0, 0, 0, 700L, 400L, 250L, 0, 0, "ci", SHAPE_CURSOR+SHAPE_MOUSE},
|
|
|
3136 {0, 0, 0, 700L, 400L, 250L, 0, 0, "cr", SHAPE_CURSOR+SHAPE_MOUSE},
|
|
|
3137 {0, 0, 0, 700L, 400L, 250L, 0, 0, "o", SHAPE_CURSOR+SHAPE_MOUSE},
|
|
|
3138 {0, 0, 0, 700L, 400L, 250L, 0, 0, "ve", SHAPE_CURSOR+SHAPE_MOUSE},
|
|
|
3139 {0, 0, 0, 0L, 0L, 0L, 0, 0, "e", SHAPE_MOUSE},
|
|
|
3140 {0, 0, 0, 0L, 0L, 0L, 0, 0, "s", SHAPE_MOUSE},
|
|
|
3141 {0, 0, 0, 0L, 0L, 0L, 0, 0, "sd", SHAPE_MOUSE},
|
|
|
3142 {0, 0, 0, 0L, 0L, 0L, 0, 0, "vs", SHAPE_MOUSE},
|
|
|
3143 {0, 0, 0, 0L, 0L, 0L, 0, 0, "vd", SHAPE_MOUSE},
|
|
|
3144 {0, 0, 0, 0L, 0L, 0L, 0, 0, "m", SHAPE_MOUSE},
|
|
|
3145 {0, 0, 0, 0L, 0L, 0L, 0, 0, "ml", SHAPE_MOUSE},
|
|
|
3146 {0, 0, 0, 100L, 100L, 100L, 0, 0, "sm", SHAPE_CURSOR},
|
|
|
3147 };
|
|
|
3148
|
|
|
3149 #ifdef FEAT_MOUSESHAPE
|
|
|
3150 /*
|
|
|
3151 * Table with names for mouse shapes. Keep in sync with all the tables for
|
|
|
3152 * mch_set_mouse_shape()!.
|
|
|
3153 */
|
|
|
3154 static char * mshape_names[] =
|
|
|
3155 {
|
|
|
3156 "arrow", /* default, must be the first one */
|
|
|
3157 "blank", /* hidden */
|
|
|
3158 "beam",
|
|
|
3159 "updown",
|
|
|
3160 "udsizing",
|
|
|
3161 "leftright",
|
|
|
3162 "lrsizing",
|
|
|
3163 "busy",
|
|
|
3164 "no",
|
|
|
3165 "crosshair",
|
|
|
3166 "hand1",
|
|
|
3167 "hand2",
|
|
|
3168 "pencil",
|
|
|
3169 "question",
|
|
|
3170 "rightup-arrow",
|
|
|
3171 "up-arrow",
|
|
|
3172 NULL
|
|
|
3173 };
|
|
|
3174 #endif
|
|
|
3175
|
|
|
3176 /*
|
|
|
3177 * Parse the 'guicursor' option ("what" is SHAPE_CURSOR) or 'mouseshape'
|
|
|
3178 * ("what" is SHAPE_MOUSE).
|
|
|
3179 * Returns error message for an illegal option, NULL otherwise.
|
|
|
3180 */
|
|
|
3181 char_u *
|
|
|
3182 parse_shape_opt(what)
|
|
|
3183 int what;
|
|
|
3184 {
|
|
|
3185 char_u *modep;
|
|
|
3186 char_u *colonp;
|
|
|
3187 char_u *commap;
|
|
|
3188 char_u *slashp;
|
|
|
3189 char_u *p, *endp;
|
|
|
3190 int idx = 0; /* init for GCC */
|
|
|
3191 int all_idx;
|
|
|
3192 int len;
|
|
|
3193 int i;
|
|
|
3194 long n;
|
|
|
3195 int found_ve = FALSE; /* found "ve" flag */
|
|
|
3196 int round;
|
|
|
3197
|
|
|
3198 /*
|
|
|
3199 * First round: check for errors; second round: do it for real.
|
|
|
3200 */
|
|
|
3201 for (round = 1; round <= 2; ++round)
|
|
|
3202 {
|
|
|
3203 /*
|
|
|
3204 * Repeat for all comma separated parts.
|
|
|
3205 */
|
|
|
3206 #ifdef FEAT_MOUSESHAPE
|
|
|
3207 if (what == SHAPE_MOUSE)
|
|
|
3208 modep = p_mouseshape;
|
|
|
3209 else
|
|
|
3210 #endif
|
|
|
3211 modep = p_guicursor;
|
|
|
3212 while (*modep != NUL)
|
|
|
3213 {
|
|
|
3214 colonp = vim_strchr(modep, ':');
|
|
|
3215 if (colonp == NULL)
|
|
|
3216 return (char_u *)N_("E545: Missing colon");
|
|
|
3217 if (colonp == modep)
|
|
|
3218 return (char_u *)N_("E546: Illegal mode");
|
|
|
3219 commap = vim_strchr(modep, ',');
|
|
|
3220
|
|
|
3221 /*
|
|
|
3222 * Repeat for all mode's before the colon.
|
|
|
3223 * For the 'a' mode, we loop to handle all the modes.
|
|
|
3224 */
|
|
|
3225 all_idx = -1;
|
|
|
3226 while (modep < colonp || all_idx >= 0)
|
|
|
3227 {
|
|
|
3228 if (all_idx < 0)
|
|
|
3229 {
|
|
|
3230 /* Find the mode. */
|
|
|
3231 if (modep[1] == '-' || modep[1] == ':')
|
|
|
3232 len = 1;
|
|
|
3233 else
|
|
|
3234 len = 2;
|
|
|
3235 if (len == 1 && TOLOWER_ASC(modep[0]) == 'a')
|
|
|
3236 all_idx = SHAPE_IDX_COUNT - 1;
|
|
|
3237 else
|
|
|
3238 {
|
|
|
3239 for (idx = 0; idx < SHAPE_IDX_COUNT; ++idx)
|
|
|
3240 if (STRNICMP(modep, shape_table[idx].name, len)
|
|
|
3241 == 0)
|
|
|
3242 break;
|
|
|
3243 if (idx == SHAPE_IDX_COUNT
|
|
|
3244 || (shape_table[idx].used_for & what) == 0)
|
|
|
3245 return (char_u *)N_("E546: Illegal mode");
|
|
|
3246 if (len == 2 && modep[0] == 'v' && modep[1] == 'e')
|
|
|
3247 found_ve = TRUE;
|
|
|
3248 }
|
|
|
3249 modep += len + 1;
|
|
|
3250 }
|
|
|
3251
|
|
|
3252 if (all_idx >= 0)
|
|
|
3253 idx = all_idx--;
|
|
|
3254 else if (round == 2)
|
|
|
3255 {
|
|
|
3256 #ifdef FEAT_MOUSESHAPE
|
|
|
3257 if (what == SHAPE_MOUSE)
|
|
|
3258 {
|
|
|
3259 /* Set the default, for the missing parts */
|
|
|
3260 shape_table[idx].mshape = 0;
|
|
|
3261 }
|
|
|
3262 else
|
|
|
3263 #endif
|
|
|
3264 {
|
|
|
3265 /* Set the defaults, for the missing parts */
|
|
|
3266 shape_table[idx].shape = SHAPE_BLOCK;
|
|
|
3267 shape_table[idx].blinkwait = 700L;
|
|
|
3268 shape_table[idx].blinkon = 400L;
|
|
|
3269 shape_table[idx].blinkoff = 250L;
|
|
|
3270 }
|
|
|
3271 }
|
|
|
3272
|
|
|
3273 /* Parse the part after the colon */
|
|
|
3274 for (p = colonp + 1; *p && *p != ','; )
|
|
|
3275 {
|
|
|
3276 #ifdef FEAT_MOUSESHAPE
|
|
|
3277 if (what == SHAPE_MOUSE)
|
|
|
3278 {
|
|
|
3279 for (i = 0; ; ++i)
|
|
|
3280 {
|
|
|
3281 if (mshape_names[i] == NULL)
|
|
|
3282 {
|
|
|
3283 if (!VIM_ISDIGIT(*p))
|
|
|
3284 return (char_u *)N_("E547: Illegal mouseshape");
|
|
|
3285 if (round == 2)
|
|
|
3286 shape_table[idx].mshape =
|
|
|
3287 getdigits(&p) + MSHAPE_NUMBERED;
|
|
|
3288 else
|
|
|
3289 (void)getdigits(&p);
|
|
|
3290 break;
|
|
|
3291 }
|
|
|
3292 len = (int)STRLEN(mshape_names[i]);
|
|
|
3293 if (STRNICMP(p, mshape_names[i], len) == 0)
|
|
|
3294 {
|
|
|
3295 if (round == 2)
|
|
|
3296 shape_table[idx].mshape = i;
|
|
|
3297 p += len;
|
|
|
3298 break;
|
|
|
3299 }
|
|
|
3300 }
|
|
|
3301 }
|
|
|
3302 else /* if (what == SHAPE_MOUSE) */
|
|
|
3303 #endif
|
|
|
3304 {
|
|
|
3305 /*
|
|
|
3306 * First handle the ones with a number argument.
|
|
|
3307 */
|
|
|
3308 i = *p;
|
|
|
3309 len = 0;
|
|
|
3310 if (STRNICMP(p, "ver", 3) == 0)
|
|
|
3311 len = 3;
|
|
|
3312 else if (STRNICMP(p, "hor", 3) == 0)
|
|
|
3313 len = 3;
|
|
|
3314 else if (STRNICMP(p, "blinkwait", 9) == 0)
|
|
|
3315 len = 9;
|
|
|
3316 else if (STRNICMP(p, "blinkon", 7) == 0)
|
|
|
3317 len = 7;
|
|
|
3318 else if (STRNICMP(p, "blinkoff", 8) == 0)
|
|
|
3319 len = 8;
|
|
|
3320 if (len != 0)
|
|
|
3321 {
|
|
|
3322 p += len;
|
|
|
3323 if (!VIM_ISDIGIT(*p))
|
|
|
3324 return (char_u *)N_("E548: digit expected");
|
|
|
3325 n = getdigits(&p);
|
|
|
3326 if (len == 3) /* "ver" or "hor" */
|
|
|
3327 {
|
|
|
3328 if (n == 0)
|
|
|
3329 return (char_u *)N_("E549: Illegal percentage");
|
|
|
3330 if (round == 2)
|
|
|
3331 {
|
|
|
3332 if (TOLOWER_ASC(i) == 'v')
|
|
|
3333 shape_table[idx].shape = SHAPE_VER;
|
|
|
3334 else
|
|
|
3335 shape_table[idx].shape = SHAPE_HOR;
|
|
|
3336 shape_table[idx].percentage = n;
|
|
|
3337 }
|
|
|
3338 }
|
|
|
3339 else if (round == 2)
|
|
|
3340 {
|
|
|
3341 if (len == 9)
|
|
|
3342 shape_table[idx].blinkwait = n;
|
|
|
3343 else if (len == 7)
|
|
|
3344 shape_table[idx].blinkon = n;
|
|
|
3345 else
|
|
|
3346 shape_table[idx].blinkoff = n;
|
|
|
3347 }
|
|
|
3348 }
|
|
|
3349 else if (STRNICMP(p, "block", 5) == 0)
|
|
|
3350 {
|
|
|
3351 if (round == 2)
|
|
|
3352 shape_table[idx].shape = SHAPE_BLOCK;
|
|
|
3353 p += 5;
|
|
|
3354 }
|
|
|
3355 else /* must be a highlight group name then */
|
|
|
3356 {
|
|
|
3357 endp = vim_strchr(p, '-');
|
|
|
3358 if (commap == NULL) /* last part */
|
|
|
3359 {
|
|
|
3360 if (endp == NULL)
|
|
|
3361 endp = p + STRLEN(p); /* find end of part */
|
|
|
3362 }
|
|
|
3363 else if (endp > commap || endp == NULL)
|
|
|
3364 endp = commap;
|
|
|
3365 slashp = vim_strchr(p, '/');
|
|
|
3366 if (slashp != NULL && slashp < endp)
|
|
|
3367 {
|
|
|
3368 /* "group/langmap_group" */
|
|
|
3369 i = syn_check_group(p, (int)(slashp - p));
|
|
|
3370 p = slashp + 1;
|
|
|
3371 }
|
|
|
3372 if (round == 2)
|
|
|
3373 {
|
|
|
3374 shape_table[idx].id = syn_check_group(p,
|
|
|
3375 (int)(endp - p));
|
|
|
3376 shape_table[idx].id_lm = shape_table[idx].id;
|
|
|
3377 if (slashp != NULL && slashp < endp)
|
|
|
3378 shape_table[idx].id = i;
|
|
|
3379 }
|
|
|
3380 p = endp;
|
|
|
3381 }
|
|
|
3382 } /* if (what != SHAPE_MOUSE) */
|
|
|
3383
|
|
|
3384 if (*p == '-')
|
|
|
3385 ++p;
|
|
|
3386 }
|
|
|
3387 }
|
|
|
3388 modep = p;
|
|
|
3389 if (*modep == ',')
|
|
|
3390 ++modep;
|
|
|
3391 }
|
|
|
3392 }
|
|
|
3393
|
|
|
3394 /* If the 's' flag is not given, use the 'v' cursor for 's' */
|
|
|
3395 if (!found_ve)
|
|
|
3396 {
|
|
|
3397 #ifdef FEAT_MOUSESHAPE
|
|
|
3398 if (what == SHAPE_MOUSE)
|
|
|
3399 {
|
|
|
3400 shape_table[SHAPE_IDX_VE].mshape = shape_table[SHAPE_IDX_V].mshape;
|
|
|
3401 }
|
|
|
3402 else
|
|
|
3403 #endif
|
|
|
3404 {
|
|
|
3405 shape_table[SHAPE_IDX_VE].shape = shape_table[SHAPE_IDX_V].shape;
|
|
|
3406 shape_table[SHAPE_IDX_VE].percentage =
|
|
|
3407 shape_table[SHAPE_IDX_V].percentage;
|
|
|
3408 shape_table[SHAPE_IDX_VE].blinkwait =
|
|
|
3409 shape_table[SHAPE_IDX_V].blinkwait;
|
|
|
3410 shape_table[SHAPE_IDX_VE].blinkon =
|
|
|
3411 shape_table[SHAPE_IDX_V].blinkon;
|
|
|
3412 shape_table[SHAPE_IDX_VE].blinkoff =
|
|
|
3413 shape_table[SHAPE_IDX_V].blinkoff;
|
|
|
3414 shape_table[SHAPE_IDX_VE].id = shape_table[SHAPE_IDX_V].id;
|
|
|
3415 shape_table[SHAPE_IDX_VE].id_lm = shape_table[SHAPE_IDX_V].id_lm;
|
|
|
3416 }
|
|
|
3417 }
|
|
|
3418
|
|
|
3419 return NULL;
|
|
|
3420 }
|
|
|
3421
|
|
500
|
3422 # if defined(MCH_CURSOR_SHAPE) || defined(FEAT_GUI) \
|
|
|
3423 || defined(FEAT_MOUSESHAPE) || defined(PROTO)
|
|
7
|
3424 /*
|
|
|
3425 * Return the index into shape_table[] for the current mode.
|
|
|
3426 * When "mouse" is TRUE, consider indexes valid for the mouse pointer.
|
|
|
3427 */
|
|
|
3428 int
|
|
|
3429 get_shape_idx(mouse)
|
|
|
3430 int mouse;
|
|
|
3431 {
|
|
|
3432 #ifdef FEAT_MOUSESHAPE
|
|
|
3433 if (mouse && (State == HITRETURN || State == ASKMORE))
|
|
|
3434 {
|
|
|
3435 # ifdef FEAT_GUI
|
|
87
|
3436 int x, y;
|
|
|
3437 gui_mch_getmouse(&x, &y);
|
|
|
3438 if (Y_2_ROW(y) == Rows - 1)
|
|
7
|
3439 return SHAPE_IDX_MOREL;
|
|
|
3440 # endif
|
|
|
3441 return SHAPE_IDX_MORE;
|
|
|
3442 }
|
|
|
3443 if (mouse && drag_status_line)
|
|
|
3444 return SHAPE_IDX_SDRAG;
|
|
|
3445 # ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT
|
|
|
3446 if (mouse && drag_sep_line)
|
|
|
3447 return SHAPE_IDX_VDRAG;
|
|
|
3448 # endif
|
|
|
3449 #endif
|
|
|
3450 if (!mouse && State == SHOWMATCH)
|
|
|
3451 return SHAPE_IDX_SM;
|
|
|
3452 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
|
3453 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
3454 return SHAPE_IDX_R;
|
|
|
3455 #endif
|
|
|
3456 if (State & REPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
3457 return SHAPE_IDX_R;
|
|
|
3458 if (State & INSERT)
|
|
|
3459 return SHAPE_IDX_I;
|
|
|
3460 if (State & CMDLINE)
|
|
|
3461 {
|
|
|
3462 if (cmdline_at_end())
|
|
|
3463 return SHAPE_IDX_C;
|
|
|
3464 if (cmdline_overstrike())
|
|
|
3465 return SHAPE_IDX_CR;
|
|
|
3466 return SHAPE_IDX_CI;
|
|
|
3467 }
|
|
|
3468 if (finish_op)
|
|
|
3469 return SHAPE_IDX_O;
|
|
|
3470 #ifdef FEAT_VISUAL
|
|
|
3471 if (VIsual_active)
|
|
|
3472 {
|
|
|
3473 if (*p_sel == 'e')
|
|
|
3474 return SHAPE_IDX_VE;
|
|
|
3475 else
|
|
|
3476 return SHAPE_IDX_V;
|
|
|
3477 }
|
|
|
3478 #endif
|
|
|
3479 return SHAPE_IDX_N;
|
|
|
3480 }
|
|
500
|
3481 #endif
|
|
7
|
3482
|
|
|
3483 # if defined(FEAT_MOUSESHAPE) || defined(PROTO)
|
|
|
3484 static int old_mouse_shape = 0;
|
|
|
3485
|
|
|
3486 /*
|
|
|
3487 * Set the mouse shape:
|
|
|
3488 * If "shape" is -1, use shape depending on the current mode,
|
|
|
3489 * depending on the current state.
|
|
|
3490 * If "shape" is -2, only update the shape when it's CLINE or STATUS (used
|
|
|
3491 * when the mouse moves off the status or command line).
|
|
|
3492 */
|
|
|
3493 void
|
|
|
3494 update_mouseshape(shape_idx)
|
|
|
3495 int shape_idx;
|
|
|
3496 {
|
|
|
3497 int new_mouse_shape;
|
|
|
3498
|
|
|
3499 /* Only works in GUI mode. */
|
|
227
|
3500 if (!gui.in_use || gui.starting)
|
|
7
|
3501 return;
|
|
|
3502
|
|
|
3503 /* Postpone the updating when more is to come. Speeds up executing of
|
|
|
3504 * mappings. */
|
|
|
3505 if (shape_idx == -1 && char_avail())
|
|
|
3506 {
|
|
|
3507 postponed_mouseshape = TRUE;
|
|
|
3508 return;
|
|
|
3509 }
|
|
|
3510
|
|
864
|
3511 /* When ignoring the mouse don't change shape on the statusline. */
|
|
|
3512 if (*p_mouse == NUL
|
|
|
3513 && (shape_idx == SHAPE_IDX_CLINE
|
|
|
3514 || shape_idx == SHAPE_IDX_STATUS
|
|
|
3515 || shape_idx == SHAPE_IDX_VSEP))
|
|
|
3516 shape_idx = -2;
|
|
|
3517
|
|
7
|
3518 if (shape_idx == -2
|
|
|
3519 && old_mouse_shape != shape_table[SHAPE_IDX_CLINE].mshape
|
|
|
3520 && old_mouse_shape != shape_table[SHAPE_IDX_STATUS].mshape
|
|
|
3521 && old_mouse_shape != shape_table[SHAPE_IDX_VSEP].mshape)
|
|
|
3522 return;
|
|
|
3523 if (shape_idx < 0)
|
|
|
3524 new_mouse_shape = shape_table[get_shape_idx(TRUE)].mshape;
|
|
|
3525 else
|
|
|
3526 new_mouse_shape = shape_table[shape_idx].mshape;
|
|
|
3527 if (new_mouse_shape != old_mouse_shape)
|
|
|
3528 {
|
|
|
3529 mch_set_mouse_shape(new_mouse_shape);
|
|
|
3530 old_mouse_shape = new_mouse_shape;
|
|
|
3531 }
|
|
|
3532 postponed_mouseshape = FALSE;
|
|
|
3533 }
|
|
|
3534 # endif
|
|
|
3535
|
|
|
3536 #endif /* CURSOR_SHAPE */
|
|
|
3537
|
|
|
3538
|
|
|
3539 #ifdef FEAT_CRYPT
|
|
|
3540 /*
|
|
1209
|
3541 * Optional encryption support.
|
|
7
|
3542 * Mohsin Ahmed, mosh@sasi.com, 98-09-24
|
|
|
3543 * Based on zip/crypt sources.
|
|
|
3544 *
|
|
|
3545 * NOTE FOR USA: Since 2000 exporting this code from the USA is allowed to
|
|
|
3546 * most countries. There are a few exceptions, but that still should not be a
|
|
|
3547 * problem since this code was originally created in Europe and India.
|
|
|
3548 */
|
|
|
3549
|
|
|
3550 /* from zip.h */
|
|
|
3551
|
|
|
3552 typedef unsigned short ush; /* unsigned 16-bit value */
|
|
|
3553 typedef unsigned long ulg; /* unsigned 32-bit value */
|
|
|
3554
|
|
|
3555 static void make_crc_tab __ARGS((void));
|
|
|
3556
|
|
297
|
3557 static ulg crc_32_tab[256];
|
|
7
|
3558
|
|
|
3559 /*
|
|
|
3560 * Fill the CRC table.
|
|
|
3561 */
|
|
|
3562 static void
|
|
|
3563 make_crc_tab()
|
|
|
3564 {
|
|
|
3565 ulg s,t,v;
|
|
|
3566 static int done = FALSE;
|
|
|
3567
|
|
|
3568 if (done)
|
|
|
3569 return;
|
|
|
3570 for (t = 0; t < 256; t++)
|
|
|
3571 {
|
|
|
3572 v = t;
|
|
|
3573 for (s = 0; s < 8; s++)
|
|
|
3574 v = (v >> 1) ^ ((v & 1) * (ulg)0xedb88320L);
|
|
|
3575 crc_32_tab[t] = v;
|
|
|
3576 }
|
|
|
3577 done = TRUE;
|
|
|
3578 }
|
|
|
3579
|
|
|
3580 #define CRC32(c, b) (crc_32_tab[((int)(c) ^ (b)) & 0xff] ^ ((c) >> 8))
|
|
|
3581
|
|
|
3582
|
|
|
3583 static ulg keys[3]; /* keys defining the pseudo-random sequence */
|
|
|
3584
|
|
|
3585 /*
|
|
|
3586 * Return the next byte in the pseudo-random sequence
|
|
|
3587 */
|
|
|
3588 int
|
|
|
3589 decrypt_byte()
|
|
|
3590 {
|
|
|
3591 ush temp;
|
|
|
3592
|
|
|
3593 temp = (ush)keys[2] | 2;
|
|
|
3594 return (int)(((unsigned)(temp * (temp ^ 1)) >> 8) & 0xff);
|
|
|
3595 }
|
|
|
3596
|
|
|
3597 /*
|
|
|
3598 * Update the encryption keys with the next byte of plain text
|
|
|
3599 */
|
|
|
3600 int
|
|
|
3601 update_keys(c)
|
|
|
3602 int c; /* byte of plain text */
|
|
|
3603 {
|
|
|
3604 keys[0] = CRC32(keys[0], c);
|
|
|
3605 keys[1] += keys[0] & 0xff;
|
|
|
3606 keys[1] = keys[1] * 134775813L + 1;
|
|
|
3607 keys[2] = CRC32(keys[2], (int)(keys[1] >> 24));
|
|
|
3608 return c;
|
|
|
3609 }
|
|
|
3610
|
|
|
3611 /*
|
|
|
3612 * Initialize the encryption keys and the random header according to
|
|
|
3613 * the given password.
|
|
|
3614 * If "passwd" is NULL or empty, don't do anything.
|
|
|
3615 */
|
|
|
3616 void
|
|
|
3617 crypt_init_keys(passwd)
|
|
|
3618 char_u *passwd; /* password string with which to modify keys */
|
|
|
3619 {
|
|
|
3620 if (passwd != NULL && *passwd != NUL)
|
|
|
3621 {
|
|
|
3622 make_crc_tab();
|
|
|
3623 keys[0] = 305419896L;
|
|
|
3624 keys[1] = 591751049L;
|
|
|
3625 keys[2] = 878082192L;
|
|
|
3626 while (*passwd != '\0')
|
|
|
3627 update_keys((int)*passwd++);
|
|
|
3628 }
|
|
|
3629 }
|
|
|
3630
|
|
|
3631 /*
|
|
|
3632 * Ask the user for a crypt key.
|
|
|
3633 * When "store" is TRUE, the new key in stored in the 'key' option, and the
|
|
|
3634 * 'key' option value is returned: Don't free it.
|
|
|
3635 * When "store" is FALSE, the typed key is returned in allocated memory.
|
|
|
3636 * Returns NULL on failure.
|
|
|
3637 */
|
|
|
3638 char_u *
|
|
|
3639 get_crypt_key(store, twice)
|
|
|
3640 int store;
|
|
|
3641 int twice; /* Ask for the key twice. */
|
|
|
3642 {
|
|
|
3643 char_u *p1, *p2 = NULL;
|
|
|
3644 int round;
|
|
|
3645
|
|
|
3646 for (round = 0; ; ++round)
|
|
|
3647 {
|
|
|
3648 cmdline_star = TRUE;
|
|
|
3649 cmdline_row = msg_row;
|
|
|
3650 p1 = getcmdline_prompt(NUL, round == 0
|
|
|
3651 ? (char_u *)_("Enter encryption key: ")
|
|
531
|
3652 : (char_u *)_("Enter same key again: "), 0, EXPAND_NOTHING,
|
|
|
3653 NULL);
|
|
7
|
3654 cmdline_star = FALSE;
|
|
|
3655
|
|
|
3656 if (p1 == NULL)
|
|
|
3657 break;
|
|
|
3658
|
|
|
3659 if (round == twice)
|
|
|
3660 {
|
|
|
3661 if (p2 != NULL && STRCMP(p1, p2) != 0)
|
|
|
3662 {
|
|
|
3663 MSG(_("Keys don't match!"));
|
|
|
3664 vim_free(p1);
|
|
|
3665 vim_free(p2);
|
|
|
3666 p2 = NULL;
|
|
|
3667 round = -1; /* do it again */
|
|
|
3668 continue;
|
|
|
3669 }
|
|
|
3670 if (store)
|
|
|
3671 {
|
|
|
3672 set_option_value((char_u *)"key", 0L, p1, OPT_LOCAL);
|
|
|
3673 vim_free(p1);
|
|
|
3674 p1 = curbuf->b_p_key;
|
|
|
3675 }
|
|
|
3676 break;
|
|
|
3677 }
|
|
|
3678 p2 = p1;
|
|
|
3679 }
|
|
|
3680
|
|
|
3681 /* since the user typed this, no need to wait for return */
|
|
|
3682 need_wait_return = FALSE;
|
|
|
3683 msg_didout = FALSE;
|
|
|
3684
|
|
|
3685 vim_free(p2);
|
|
|
3686 return p1;
|
|
|
3687 }
|
|
|
3688
|
|
|
3689 #endif /* FEAT_CRYPT */
|
|
|
3690
|
|
|
3691 /* TODO: make some #ifdef for this */
|
|
|
3692 /*--------[ file searching ]-------------------------------------------------*/
|
|
|
3693 /*
|
|
|
3694 * File searching functions for 'path', 'tags' and 'cdpath' options.
|
|
|
3695 * External visible functions:
|
|
|
3696 * vim_findfile_init() creates/initialises the search context
|
|
|
3697 * vim_findfile_free_visited() free list of visited files/dirs of search
|
|
|
3698 * context
|
|
|
3699 * vim_findfile() find a file in the search context
|
|
|
3700 * vim_findfile_cleanup() cleanup/free search context created by
|
|
|
3701 * vim_findfile_init()
|
|
|
3702 *
|
|
|
3703 * All static functions and variables start with 'ff_'
|
|
|
3704 *
|
|
|
3705 * In general it works like this:
|
|
|
3706 * First you create yourself a search context by calling vim_findfile_init().
|
|
|
3707 * It is possible to give a search context from a previous call to
|
|
|
3708 * vim_findfile_init(), so it can be reused. After this you call vim_findfile()
|
|
|
3709 * until you are satisfied with the result or it returns NULL. On every call it
|
|
|
3710 * returns the next file which matches the conditions given to
|
|
|
3711 * vim_findfile_init(). If it doesn't find a next file it returns NULL.
|
|
|
3712 *
|
|
|
3713 * It is possible to call vim_findfile_init() again to reinitialise your search
|
|
|
3714 * with some new parameters. Don't forget to pass your old search context to
|
|
|
3715 * it, so it can reuse it and especially reuse the list of already visited
|
|
|
3716 * directories. If you want to delete the list of already visited directories
|
|
|
3717 * simply call vim_findfile_free_visited().
|
|
|
3718 *
|
|
|
3719 * When you are done call vim_findfile_cleanup() to free the search context.
|
|
|
3720 *
|
|
|
3721 * The function vim_findfile_init() has a long comment, which describes the
|
|
|
3722 * needed parameters.
|
|
|
3723 *
|
|
|
3724 *
|
|
|
3725 *
|
|
|
3726 * ATTENTION:
|
|
|
3727 * ==========
|
|
1072
|
3728 * Also we use an allocated search context here, this functions are NOT
|
|
7
|
3729 * thread-safe!!!!!
|
|
|
3730 *
|
|
|
3731 * To minimize parameter passing (or because I'm to lazy), only the
|
|
|
3732 * external visible functions get a search context as a parameter. This is
|
|
|
3733 * then assigned to a static global, which is used throughout the local
|
|
|
3734 * functions.
|
|
|
3735 */
|
|
|
3736
|
|
|
3737 /*
|
|
|
3738 * type for the directory search stack
|
|
|
3739 */
|
|
|
3740 typedef struct ff_stack
|
|
|
3741 {
|
|
|
3742 struct ff_stack *ffs_prev;
|
|
|
3743
|
|
|
3744 /* the fix part (no wildcards) and the part containing the wildcards
|
|
|
3745 * of the search path
|
|
|
3746 */
|
|
|
3747 char_u *ffs_fix_path;
|
|
|
3748 #ifdef FEAT_PATH_EXTRA
|
|
|
3749 char_u *ffs_wc_path;
|
|
|
3750 #endif
|
|
|
3751
|
|
|
3752 /* files/dirs found in the above directory, matched by the first wildcard
|
|
|
3753 * of wc_part
|
|
|
3754 */
|
|
|
3755 char_u **ffs_filearray;
|
|
|
3756 int ffs_filearray_size;
|
|
|
3757 char_u ffs_filearray_cur; /* needed for partly handled dirs */
|
|
|
3758
|
|
|
3759 /* to store status of partly handled directories
|
|
|
3760 * 0: we work the on this directory for the first time
|
|
|
3761 * 1: this directory was partly searched in an earlier step
|
|
|
3762 */
|
|
|
3763 int ffs_stage;
|
|
|
3764
|
|
|
3765 /* How deep are we in the directory tree?
|
|
|
3766 * Counts backward from value of level parameter to vim_findfile_init
|
|
|
3767 */
|
|
|
3768 int ffs_level;
|
|
|
3769
|
|
|
3770 /* Did we already expand '**' to an empty string? */
|
|
|
3771 int ffs_star_star_empty;
|
|
|
3772 } ff_stack_T;
|
|
|
3773
|
|
|
3774 /*
|
|
|
3775 * type for already visited directories or files.
|
|
|
3776 */
|
|
|
3777 typedef struct ff_visited
|
|
|
3778 {
|
|
|
3779 struct ff_visited *ffv_next;
|
|
|
3780
|
|
|
3781 #ifdef FEAT_PATH_EXTRA
|
|
|
3782 /* Visited directories are different if the wildcard string are
|
|
|
3783 * different. So we have to save it.
|
|
|
3784 */
|
|
|
3785 char_u *ffv_wc_path;
|
|
|
3786 #endif
|
|
|
3787 /* for unix use inode etc for comparison (needed because of links), else
|
|
|
3788 * use filename.
|
|
|
3789 */
|
|
|
3790 #ifdef UNIX
|
|
|
3791 int ffv_dev; /* device number (-1 if not set) */
|
|
|
3792 ino_t ffv_ino; /* inode number */
|
|
|
3793 #endif
|
|
|
3794 /* The memory for this struct is allocated according to the length of
|
|
|
3795 * ffv_fname.
|
|
|
3796 */
|
|
|
3797 char_u ffv_fname[1]; /* actually longer */
|
|
|
3798 } ff_visited_T;
|
|
|
3799
|
|
|
3800 /*
|
|
|
3801 * We might have to manage several visited lists during a search.
|
|
1209
|
3802 * This is especially needed for the tags option. If tags is set to:
|
|
7
|
3803 * "./++/tags,./++/TAGS,++/tags" (replace + with *)
|
|
|
3804 * So we have to do 3 searches:
|
|
|
3805 * 1) search from the current files directory downward for the file "tags"
|
|
|
3806 * 2) search from the current files directory downward for the file "TAGS"
|
|
|
3807 * 3) search from Vims current directory downwards for the file "tags"
|
|
|
3808 * As you can see, the first and the third search are for the same file, so for
|
|
|
3809 * the third search we can use the visited list of the first search. For the
|
|
|
3810 * second search we must start from a empty visited list.
|
|
|
3811 * The struct ff_visited_list_hdr is used to manage a linked list of already
|
|
|
3812 * visited lists.
|
|
|
3813 */
|
|
|
3814 typedef struct ff_visited_list_hdr
|
|
|
3815 {
|
|
|
3816 struct ff_visited_list_hdr *ffvl_next;
|
|
|
3817
|
|
|
3818 /* the filename the attached visited list is for */
|
|
|
3819 char_u *ffvl_filename;
|
|
|
3820
|
|
|
3821 ff_visited_T *ffvl_visited_list;
|
|
|
3822
|
|
|
3823 } ff_visited_list_hdr_T;
|
|
|
3824
|
|
|
3825
|
|
|
3826 /*
|
|
|
3827 * '**' can be expanded to several directory levels.
|
|
1209
|
3828 * Set the default maximum depth.
|
|
7
|
3829 */
|
|
|
3830 #define FF_MAX_STAR_STAR_EXPAND ((char_u)30)
|
|
|
3831 /*
|
|
|
3832 * The search context:
|
|
|
3833 * ffsc_stack_ptr: the stack for the dirs to search
|
|
|
3834 * ffsc_visited_list: the currently active visited list
|
|
|
3835 * ffsc_dir_visited_list: the currently active visited list for search dirs
|
|
|
3836 * ffsc_visited_lists_list: the list of all visited lists
|
|
|
3837 * ffsc_dir_visited_lists_list: the list of all visited lists for search dirs
|
|
|
3838 * ffsc_file_to_search: the file to search for
|
|
|
3839 * ffsc_start_dir: the starting directory, if search path was relative
|
|
|
3840 * ffsc_fix_path: the fix part of the given path (without wildcards)
|
|
|
3841 * Needed for upward search.
|
|
|
3842 * ffsc_wc_path: the part of the given path containing wildcards
|
|
|
3843 * ffsc_level: how many levels of dirs to search downwards
|
|
|
3844 * ffsc_stopdirs_v: array of stop directories for upward search
|
|
|
3845 * ffsc_need_dir: TRUE if we search for a directory
|
|
|
3846 */
|
|
|
3847 typedef struct ff_search_ctx_T
|
|
|
3848 {
|
|
|
3849 ff_stack_T *ffsc_stack_ptr;
|
|
|
3850 ff_visited_list_hdr_T *ffsc_visited_list;
|
|
|
3851 ff_visited_list_hdr_T *ffsc_dir_visited_list;
|
|
|
3852 ff_visited_list_hdr_T *ffsc_visited_lists_list;
|
|
|
3853 ff_visited_list_hdr_T *ffsc_dir_visited_lists_list;
|
|
|
3854 char_u *ffsc_file_to_search;
|
|
|
3855 char_u *ffsc_start_dir;
|
|
|
3856 char_u *ffsc_fix_path;
|
|
|
3857 #ifdef FEAT_PATH_EXTRA
|
|
|
3858 char_u *ffsc_wc_path;
|
|
|
3859 int ffsc_level;
|
|
|
3860 char_u **ffsc_stopdirs_v;
|
|
|
3861 #endif
|
|
|
3862 int ffsc_need_dir;
|
|
359
|
3863 } ff_search_ctx_T;
|
|
|
3864
|
|
7
|
3865 static ff_search_ctx_T *ff_search_ctx = NULL;
|
|
|
3866
|
|
|
3867 /* locally needed functions */
|
|
|
3868 #ifdef FEAT_PATH_EXTRA
|
|
|
3869 static int ff_check_visited __ARGS((ff_visited_T **, char_u *, char_u *));
|
|
|
3870 #else
|
|
|
3871 static int ff_check_visited __ARGS((ff_visited_T **, char_u *));
|
|
|
3872 #endif
|
|
|
3873 static void vim_findfile_free_visited_list __ARGS((ff_visited_list_hdr_T **list_headp));
|
|
|
3874 static void ff_free_visited_list __ARGS((ff_visited_T *vl));
|
|
|
3875 static ff_visited_list_hdr_T* ff_get_visited_list __ARGS((char_u *, ff_visited_list_hdr_T **list_headp));
|
|
|
3876 #ifdef FEAT_PATH_EXTRA
|
|
|
3877 static int ff_wc_equal __ARGS((char_u *s1, char_u *s2));
|
|
|
3878 #endif
|
|
|
3879
|
|
|
3880 static void ff_push __ARGS((ff_stack_T *));
|
|
|
3881 static ff_stack_T * ff_pop __ARGS((void));
|
|
|
3882 static void ff_clear __ARGS((void));
|
|
|
3883 static void ff_free_stack_element __ARGS((ff_stack_T *));
|
|
|
3884 #ifdef FEAT_PATH_EXTRA
|
|
|
3885 static ff_stack_T *ff_create_stack_element __ARGS((char_u *, char_u *, int, int));
|
|
|
3886 #else
|
|
|
3887 static ff_stack_T *ff_create_stack_element __ARGS((char_u *, int, int));
|
|
|
3888 #endif
|
|
|
3889 #ifdef FEAT_PATH_EXTRA
|
|
|
3890 static int ff_path_in_stoplist __ARGS((char_u *, int, char_u **));
|
|
|
3891 #endif
|
|
|
3892
|
|
|
3893 #if 0
|
|
|
3894 /*
|
|
|
3895 * if someone likes findfirst/findnext, here are the functions
|
|
|
3896 * NOT TESTED!!
|
|
|
3897 */
|
|
|
3898
|
|
|
3899 static void *ff_fn_search_context = NULL;
|
|
|
3900
|
|
|
3901 char_u *
|
|
|
3902 vim_findfirst(path, filename, level)
|
|
|
3903 char_u *path;
|
|
|
3904 char_u *filename;
|
|
|
3905 int level;
|
|
|
3906 {
|
|
|
3907 ff_fn_search_context =
|
|
|
3908 vim_findfile_init(path, filename, NULL, level, TRUE, FALSE,
|
|
|
3909 ff_fn_search_context, rel_fname);
|
|
|
3910 if (NULL == ff_fn_search_context)
|
|
|
3911 return NULL;
|
|
|
3912 else
|
|
|
3913 return vim_findnext()
|
|
|
3914 }
|
|
|
3915
|
|
|
3916 char_u *
|
|
|
3917 vim_findnext()
|
|
|
3918 {
|
|
|
3919 char_u *ret = vim_findfile(ff_fn_search_context);
|
|
|
3920
|
|
|
3921 if (NULL == ret)
|
|
|
3922 {
|
|
|
3923 vim_findfile_cleanup(ff_fn_search_context);
|
|
|
3924 ff_fn_search_context = NULL;
|
|
|
3925 }
|
|
|
3926 return ret;
|
|
|
3927 }
|
|
|
3928 #endif
|
|
|
3929
|
|
|
3930 /*
|
|
|
3931 * Initialization routine for vim_findfile.
|
|
|
3932 *
|
|
|
3933 * Returns the newly allocated search context or NULL if an error occured.
|
|
|
3934 *
|
|
|
3935 * Don't forget to clean up by calling vim_findfile_cleanup() if you are done
|
|
|
3936 * with the search context.
|
|
|
3937 *
|
|
|
3938 * Find the file 'filename' in the directory 'path'.
|
|
|
3939 * The parameter 'path' may contain wildcards. If so only search 'level'
|
|
|
3940 * directories deep. The parameter 'level' is the absolute maximum and is
|
|
|
3941 * not related to restricts given to the '**' wildcard. If 'level' is 100
|
|
|
3942 * and you use '**200' vim_findfile() will stop after 100 levels.
|
|
|
3943 *
|
|
|
3944 * If 'stopdirs' is not NULL and nothing is found downward, the search is
|
|
|
3945 * restarted on the next higher directory level. This is repeated until the
|
|
|
3946 * start-directory of a search is contained in 'stopdirs'. 'stopdirs' has the
|
|
|
3947 * format ";*<dirname>*\(;<dirname>\)*;\=$".
|
|
|
3948 *
|
|
|
3949 * If the 'path' is relative, the starting dir for the search is either VIM's
|
|
|
3950 * current dir or if the path starts with "./" the current files dir.
|
|
|
3951 * If the 'path' is absolut, the starting dir is that part of the path before
|
|
|
3952 * the first wildcard.
|
|
|
3953 *
|
|
|
3954 * Upward search is only done on the starting dir.
|
|
|
3955 *
|
|
|
3956 * If 'free_visited' is TRUE the list of already visited files/directories is
|
|
|
3957 * cleared. Set this to FALSE if you just want to search from another
|
|
|
3958 * directory, but want to be sure that no directory from a previous search is
|
|
|
3959 * searched again. This is useful if you search for a file at different places.
|
|
|
3960 * The list of visited files/dirs can also be cleared with the function
|
|
|
3961 * vim_findfile_free_visited().
|
|
|
3962 *
|
|
|
3963 * Set the parameter 'need_dir' to TRUE if you want to search for a directory
|
|
|
3964 * instead of a file.
|
|
|
3965 *
|
|
|
3966 * A search context returned by a previous call to vim_findfile_init() can be
|
|
|
3967 * passed in the parameter 'search_ctx'. This context is than reused and
|
|
|
3968 * reinitialized with the new parameters. The list of already viseted
|
|
|
3969 * directories from this context is only deleted if the parameter
|
|
|
3970 * 'free_visited' is true. Be aware that the passed search_context is freed if
|
|
|
3971 * the reinitialization fails.
|
|
|
3972 *
|
|
|
3973 * If you don't have a search context from a previous call 'search_ctx' must be
|
|
|
3974 * NULL.
|
|
|
3975 *
|
|
|
3976 * This function silently ignores a few errors, vim_findfile() will have
|
|
|
3977 * limited functionality then.
|
|
|
3978 */
|
|
|
3979 /*ARGSUSED*/
|
|
|
3980 void *
|
|
|
3981 vim_findfile_init(path, filename, stopdirs, level, free_visited, need_dir,
|
|
|
3982 search_ctx, tagfile, rel_fname)
|
|
|
3983 char_u *path;
|
|
|
3984 char_u *filename;
|
|
|
3985 char_u *stopdirs;
|
|
|
3986 int level;
|
|
|
3987 int free_visited;
|
|
|
3988 int need_dir;
|
|
|
3989 void *search_ctx;
|
|
|
3990 int tagfile;
|
|
|
3991 char_u *rel_fname; /* file name to use for "." */
|
|
|
3992 {
|
|
|
3993 #ifdef FEAT_PATH_EXTRA
|
|
|
3994 char_u *wc_part;
|
|
|
3995 #endif
|
|
|
3996 ff_stack_T *sptr;
|
|
|
3997
|
|
|
3998 /* If a search context is given by the caller, reuse it, else allocate a
|
|
|
3999 * new one.
|
|
|
4000 */
|
|
|
4001 if (search_ctx != NULL)
|
|
|
4002 ff_search_ctx = search_ctx;
|
|
|
4003 else
|
|
|
4004 {
|
|
|
4005 ff_search_ctx = (ff_search_ctx_T*)alloc(
|
|
|
4006 (unsigned)sizeof(ff_search_ctx_T));
|
|
|
4007 if (ff_search_ctx == NULL)
|
|
|
4008 goto error_return;
|
|
|
4009 memset(ff_search_ctx, 0, sizeof(ff_search_ctx_T));
|
|
|
4010 }
|
|
|
4011
|
|
|
4012 /* clear the search context, but NOT the visited lists */
|
|
|
4013 ff_clear();
|
|
|
4014
|
|
|
4015 /* clear visited list if wanted */
|
|
|
4016 if (free_visited == TRUE)
|
|
|
4017 vim_findfile_free_visited(ff_search_ctx);
|
|
|
4018 else
|
|
|
4019 {
|
|
|
4020 /* Reuse old visited lists. Get the visited list for the given
|
|
|
4021 * filename. If no list for the current filename exists, creates a new
|
|
|
4022 * one.
|
|
|
4023 */
|
|
|
4024 ff_search_ctx->ffsc_visited_list = ff_get_visited_list(filename,
|
|
|
4025 &ff_search_ctx->ffsc_visited_lists_list);
|
|
|
4026 if (ff_search_ctx->ffsc_visited_list == NULL)
|
|
|
4027 goto error_return;
|
|
|
4028 ff_search_ctx->ffsc_dir_visited_list = ff_get_visited_list(filename,
|
|
|
4029 &ff_search_ctx->ffsc_dir_visited_lists_list);
|
|
|
4030 if (ff_search_ctx->ffsc_dir_visited_list == NULL)
|
|
|
4031 goto error_return;
|
|
|
4032 }
|
|
|
4033
|
|
|
4034 if (ff_expand_buffer == NULL)
|
|
|
4035 {
|
|
|
4036 ff_expand_buffer = (char_u*)alloc(MAXPATHL);
|
|
|
4037 if (ff_expand_buffer == NULL)
|
|
|
4038 goto error_return;
|
|
|
4039 }
|
|
|
4040
|
|
|
4041 /* Store information on starting dir now if path is relative.
|
|
20
|
4042 * If path is absolute, we do that later. */
|
|
7
|
4043 if (path[0] == '.'
|
|
|
4044 && (vim_ispathsep(path[1]) || path[1] == NUL)
|
|
|
4045 && (!tagfile || vim_strchr(p_cpo, CPO_DOTTAG) == NULL)
|
|
|
4046 && rel_fname != NULL)
|
|
|
4047 {
|
|
|
4048 int len = (int)(gettail(rel_fname) - rel_fname);
|
|
|
4049
|
|
|
4050 if (!vim_isAbsName(rel_fname) && len + 1 < MAXPATHL)
|
|
|
4051 {
|
|
|
4052 /* Make the start dir an absolute path name. */
|
|
418
|
4053 vim_strncpy(ff_expand_buffer, rel_fname, len);
|
|
7
|
4054 ff_search_ctx->ffsc_start_dir = FullName_save(ff_expand_buffer,
|
|
|
4055 FALSE);
|
|
|
4056 }
|
|
|
4057 else
|
|
|
4058 ff_search_ctx->ffsc_start_dir = vim_strnsave(rel_fname, len);
|
|
|
4059 if (ff_search_ctx->ffsc_start_dir == NULL)
|
|
|
4060 goto error_return;
|
|
|
4061 if (*++path != NUL)
|
|
|
4062 ++path;
|
|
|
4063 }
|
|
|
4064 else if (*path == NUL || !vim_isAbsName(path))
|
|
|
4065 {
|
|
|
4066 #ifdef BACKSLASH_IN_FILENAME
|
|
|
4067 /* "c:dir" needs "c:" to be expanded, otherwise use current dir */
|
|
|
4068 if (*path != NUL && path[1] == ':')
|
|
|
4069 {
|
|
|
4070 char_u drive[3];
|
|
|
4071
|
|
|
4072 drive[0] = path[0];
|
|
|
4073 drive[1] = ':';
|
|
|
4074 drive[2] = NUL;
|
|
|
4075 if (vim_FullName(drive, ff_expand_buffer, MAXPATHL, TRUE) == FAIL)
|
|
|
4076 goto error_return;
|
|
|
4077 path += 2;
|
|
|
4078 }
|
|
|
4079 else
|
|
|
4080 #endif
|
|
|
4081 if (mch_dirname(ff_expand_buffer, MAXPATHL) == FAIL)
|
|
|
4082 goto error_return;
|
|
|
4083
|
|
|
4084 ff_search_ctx->ffsc_start_dir = vim_strsave(ff_expand_buffer);
|
|
|
4085 if (ff_search_ctx->ffsc_start_dir == NULL)
|
|
|
4086 goto error_return;
|
|
|
4087
|
|
|
4088 #ifdef BACKSLASH_IN_FILENAME
|
|
|
4089 /* A path that starts with "/dir" is relative to the drive, not to the
|
|
|
4090 * directory (but not for "//machine/dir"). Only use the drive name. */
|
|
|
4091 if ((*path == '/' || *path == '\\')
|
|
|
4092 && path[1] != path[0]
|
|
|
4093 && ff_search_ctx->ffsc_start_dir[1] == ':')
|
|
|
4094 ff_search_ctx->ffsc_start_dir[2] = NUL;
|
|
|
4095 #endif
|
|
|
4096 }
|
|
|
4097
|
|
|
4098 #ifdef FEAT_PATH_EXTRA
|
|
|
4099 /*
|
|
|
4100 * If stopdirs are given, split them into an array of pointers.
|
|
|
4101 * If this fails (mem allocation), there is no upward search at all or a
|
|
|
4102 * stop directory is not recognized -> continue silently.
|
|
|
4103 * If stopdirs just contains a ";" or is empty,
|
|
|
4104 * ff_search_ctx->ffsc_stopdirs_v will only contain a NULL pointer. This
|
|
|
4105 * is handled as unlimited upward search. See function
|
|
|
4106 * ff_path_in_stoplist() for details.
|
|
|
4107 */
|
|
|
4108 if (stopdirs != NULL)
|
|
|
4109 {
|
|
|
4110 char_u *walker = stopdirs;
|
|
|
4111 int dircount;
|
|
|
4112
|
|
|
4113 while (*walker == ';')
|
|
|
4114 walker++;
|
|
|
4115
|
|
|
4116 dircount = 1;
|
|
|
4117 ff_search_ctx->ffsc_stopdirs_v =
|
|
|
4118 (char_u **)alloc((unsigned)sizeof(char_u *));
|
|
|
4119
|
|
|
4120 if (ff_search_ctx->ffsc_stopdirs_v != NULL)
|
|
|
4121 {
|
|
|
4122 do
|
|
|
4123 {
|
|
|
4124 char_u *helper;
|
|
|
4125 void *ptr;
|
|
|
4126
|
|
|
4127 helper = walker;
|
|
|
4128 ptr = vim_realloc(ff_search_ctx->ffsc_stopdirs_v,
|
|
|
4129 (dircount + 1) * sizeof(char_u *));
|
|
|
4130 if (ptr)
|
|
|
4131 ff_search_ctx->ffsc_stopdirs_v = ptr;
|
|
|
4132 else
|
|
|
4133 /* ignore, keep what we have and continue */
|
|
|
4134 break;
|
|
|
4135 walker = vim_strchr(walker, ';');
|
|
|
4136 if (walker)
|
|
|
4137 {
|
|
|
4138 ff_search_ctx->ffsc_stopdirs_v[dircount-1] =
|
|
|
4139 vim_strnsave(helper, (int)(walker - helper));
|
|
|
4140 walker++;
|
|
|
4141 }
|
|
|
4142 else
|
|
|
4143 /* this might be "", which means ascent till top
|
|
|
4144 * of directory tree.
|
|
|
4145 */
|
|
|
4146 ff_search_ctx->ffsc_stopdirs_v[dircount-1] =
|
|
|
4147 vim_strsave(helper);
|
|
|
4148
|
|
|
4149 dircount++;
|
|
|
4150
|
|
|
4151 } while (walker != NULL);
|
|
|
4152 ff_search_ctx->ffsc_stopdirs_v[dircount-1] = NULL;
|
|
|
4153 }
|
|
|
4154 }
|
|
|
4155 #endif
|
|
|
4156
|
|
|
4157 #ifdef FEAT_PATH_EXTRA
|
|
|
4158 ff_search_ctx->ffsc_level = level;
|
|
|
4159
|
|
|
4160 /* split into:
|
|
|
4161 * -fix path
|
|
|
4162 * -wildcard_stuff (might be NULL)
|
|
|
4163 */
|
|
|
4164 wc_part = vim_strchr(path, '*');
|
|
|
4165 if (wc_part != NULL)
|
|
|
4166 {
|
|
|
4167 int llevel;
|
|
|
4168 int len;
|
|
29
|
4169 char *errpt;
|
|
7
|
4170
|
|
|
4171 /* save the fix part of the path */
|
|
|
4172 ff_search_ctx->ffsc_fix_path = vim_strnsave(path,
|
|
|
4173 (int)(wc_part - path));
|
|
|
4174
|
|
|
4175 /*
|
|
|
4176 * copy wc_path and add restricts to the '**' wildcard.
|
|
1209
|
4177 * The octet after a '**' is used as a (binary) counter.
|
|
7
|
4178 * So '**3' is transposed to '**^C' ('^C' is ASCII value 3)
|
|
|
4179 * or '**76' is transposed to '**N'( 'N' is ASCII value 76).
|
|
|
4180 * For EBCDIC you get different character values.
|
|
|
4181 * If no restrict is given after '**' the default is used.
|
|
|
4182 * Due to this technic the path looks awful if you print it as a
|
|
|
4183 * string.
|
|
|
4184 */
|
|
|
4185 len = 0;
|
|
|
4186 while (*wc_part != NUL)
|
|
|
4187 {
|
|
|
4188 if (STRNCMP(wc_part, "**", 2) == 0)
|
|
|
4189 {
|
|
|
4190 ff_expand_buffer[len++] = *wc_part++;
|
|
|
4191 ff_expand_buffer[len++] = *wc_part++;
|
|
|
4192
|
|
29
|
4193 llevel = strtol((char *)wc_part, &errpt, 10);
|
|
|
4194 if ((char_u *)errpt != wc_part && llevel > 0 && llevel < 255)
|
|
7
|
4195 ff_expand_buffer[len++] = llevel;
|
|
29
|
4196 else if ((char_u *)errpt != wc_part && llevel == 0)
|
|
7
|
4197 /* restrict is 0 -> remove already added '**' */
|
|
|
4198 len -= 2;
|
|
|
4199 else
|
|
|
4200 ff_expand_buffer[len++] = FF_MAX_STAR_STAR_EXPAND;
|
|
29
|
4201 wc_part = (char_u *)errpt;
|
|
461
|
4202 if (*wc_part != NUL && !vim_ispathsep(*wc_part))
|
|
7
|
4203 {
|
|
|
4204 EMSG2(_("E343: Invalid path: '**[number]' must be at the end of the path or be followed by '%s'."), PATHSEPSTR);
|
|
|
4205 goto error_return;
|
|
|
4206 }
|
|
|
4207 }
|
|
|
4208 else
|
|
|
4209 ff_expand_buffer[len++] = *wc_part++;
|
|
|
4210 }
|
|
|
4211 ff_expand_buffer[len] = NUL;
|
|
359
|
4212 ff_search_ctx->ffsc_wc_path = vim_strsave(ff_expand_buffer);
|
|
7
|
4213
|
|
|
4214 if (ff_search_ctx->ffsc_wc_path == NULL)
|
|
|
4215 goto error_return;
|
|
|
4216 }
|
|
|
4217 else
|
|
|
4218 #endif
|
|
|
4219 ff_search_ctx->ffsc_fix_path = vim_strsave(path);
|
|
|
4220
|
|
|
4221 if (ff_search_ctx->ffsc_start_dir == NULL)
|
|
|
4222 {
|
|
|
4223 /* store the fix part as startdir.
|
|
|
4224 * This is needed if the parameter path is fully qualified.
|
|
|
4225 */
|
|
|
4226 ff_search_ctx->ffsc_start_dir = vim_strsave(ff_search_ctx->ffsc_fix_path);
|
|
|
4227 if (ff_search_ctx->ffsc_start_dir)
|
|
|
4228 ff_search_ctx->ffsc_fix_path[0] = NUL;
|
|
|
4229 }
|
|
|
4230
|
|
|
4231 /* create an absolute path */
|
|
|
4232 STRCPY(ff_expand_buffer, ff_search_ctx->ffsc_start_dir);
|
|
|
4233 add_pathsep(ff_expand_buffer);
|
|
|
4234 STRCAT(ff_expand_buffer, ff_search_ctx->ffsc_fix_path);
|
|
|
4235 add_pathsep(ff_expand_buffer);
|
|
|
4236
|
|
|
4237 sptr = ff_create_stack_element(ff_expand_buffer,
|
|
|
4238 #ifdef FEAT_PATH_EXTRA
|
|
|
4239 ff_search_ctx->ffsc_wc_path,
|
|
|
4240 #endif
|
|
|
4241 level, 0);
|
|
|
4242
|
|
|
4243 if (sptr == NULL)
|
|
|
4244 goto error_return;
|
|
|
4245
|
|
|
4246 ff_push(sptr);
|
|
|
4247
|
|
|
4248 ff_search_ctx->ffsc_file_to_search = vim_strsave(filename);
|
|
|
4249 if (ff_search_ctx->ffsc_file_to_search == NULL)
|
|
|
4250 goto error_return;
|
|
|
4251
|
|
|
4252 return ff_search_ctx;
|
|
|
4253
|
|
|
4254 error_return:
|
|
|
4255 /*
|
|
|
4256 * We clear the search context now!
|
|
|
4257 * Even when the caller gave us a (perhaps valid) context we free it here,
|
|
|
4258 * as we might have already destroyed it.
|
|
|
4259 */
|
|
|
4260 vim_findfile_cleanup(ff_search_ctx);
|
|
|
4261 return NULL;
|
|
|
4262 }
|
|
|
4263
|
|
|
4264 #if defined(FEAT_PATH_EXTRA) || defined(PROTO)
|
|
|
4265 /*
|
|
|
4266 * Get the stopdir string. Check that ';' is not escaped.
|
|
|
4267 */
|
|
|
4268 char_u *
|
|
|
4269 vim_findfile_stopdir(buf)
|
|
|
4270 char_u *buf;
|
|
|
4271 {
|
|
|
4272 char_u *r_ptr = buf;
|
|
|
4273
|
|
|
4274 while (*r_ptr != NUL && *r_ptr != ';')
|
|
|
4275 {
|
|
|
4276 if (r_ptr[0] == '\\' && r_ptr[1] == ';')
|
|
|
4277 {
|
|
|
4278 /* overwrite the escape char,
|
|
|
4279 * use STRLEN(r_ptr) to move the trailing '\0'
|
|
|
4280 */
|
|
|
4281 mch_memmove(r_ptr, r_ptr + 1, STRLEN(r_ptr));
|
|
|
4282 r_ptr++;
|
|
|
4283 }
|
|
|
4284 r_ptr++;
|
|
|
4285 }
|
|
|
4286 if (*r_ptr == ';')
|
|
|
4287 {
|
|
|
4288 *r_ptr = 0;
|
|
|
4289 r_ptr++;
|
|
|
4290 }
|
|
|
4291 else if (*r_ptr == NUL)
|
|
|
4292 r_ptr = NULL;
|
|
|
4293 return r_ptr;
|
|
|
4294 }
|
|
|
4295 #endif
|
|
|
4296
|
|
|
4297 /* Clean up the given search context. Can handle a NULL pointer */
|
|
|
4298 void
|
|
|
4299 vim_findfile_cleanup(ctx)
|
|
|
4300 void *ctx;
|
|
|
4301 {
|
|
359
|
4302 if (ctx == NULL)
|
|
7
|
4303 return;
|
|
|
4304
|
|
|
4305 ff_search_ctx = ctx;
|
|
|
4306
|
|
|
4307 vim_findfile_free_visited(ctx);
|
|
|
4308 ff_clear();
|
|
|
4309 vim_free(ctx);
|
|
|
4310 ff_search_ctx = NULL;
|
|
|
4311 }
|
|
|
4312
|
|
|
4313 /*
|
|
|
4314 * Find a file in a search context.
|
|
|
4315 * The search context was created with vim_findfile_init() above.
|
|
|
4316 * Return a pointer to an allocated file name or NULL if nothing found.
|
|
|
4317 * To get all matching files call this function until you get NULL.
|
|
|
4318 *
|
|
20
|
4319 * If the passed search_context is NULL, NULL is returned.
|
|
7
|
4320 *
|
|
|
4321 * The search algorithm is depth first. To change this replace the
|
|
|
4322 * stack with a list (don't forget to leave partly searched directories on the
|
|
|
4323 * top of the list).
|
|
|
4324 */
|
|
|
4325 char_u *
|
|
|
4326 vim_findfile(search_ctx)
|
|
|
4327 void *search_ctx;
|
|
|
4328 {
|
|
|
4329 char_u *file_path;
|
|
|
4330 #ifdef FEAT_PATH_EXTRA
|
|
|
4331 char_u *rest_of_wildcards;
|
|
|
4332 char_u *path_end = NULL;
|
|
|
4333 #endif
|
|
|
4334 ff_stack_T *ctx;
|
|
|
4335 #if defined(FEAT_SEARCHPATH) || defined(FEAT_PATH_EXTRA)
|
|
|
4336 int len;
|
|
|
4337 #endif
|
|
|
4338 int i;
|
|
|
4339 char_u *p;
|
|
|
4340 #ifdef FEAT_SEARCHPATH
|
|
|
4341 char_u *suf;
|
|
|
4342 #endif
|
|
|
4343
|
|
|
4344 if (search_ctx == NULL)
|
|
|
4345 return NULL;
|
|
|
4346
|
|
|
4347 ff_search_ctx = (ff_search_ctx_T*)search_ctx;
|
|
|
4348
|
|
|
4349 /*
|
|
|
4350 * filepath is used as buffer for various actions and as the storage to
|
|
|
4351 * return a found filename.
|
|
|
4352 */
|
|
|
4353 if ((file_path = alloc((int)MAXPATHL)) == NULL)
|
|
|
4354 return NULL;
|
|
|
4355
|
|
|
4356 #ifdef FEAT_PATH_EXTRA
|
|
|
4357 /* store the end of the start dir -- needed for upward search */
|
|
|
4358 if (ff_search_ctx->ffsc_start_dir != NULL)
|
|
|
4359 path_end = &ff_search_ctx->ffsc_start_dir[STRLEN(ff_search_ctx->ffsc_start_dir)];
|
|
|
4360 #endif
|
|
|
4361
|
|
|
4362 #ifdef FEAT_PATH_EXTRA
|
|
|
4363 /* upward search loop */
|
|
|
4364 for (;;)
|
|
|
4365 {
|
|
|
4366 #endif
|
|
|
4367 /* downward search loop */
|
|
|
4368 for (;;)
|
|
|
4369 {
|
|
|
4370 /* check if user user wants to stop the search*/
|
|
|
4371 ui_breakcheck();
|
|
|
4372 if (got_int)
|
|
|
4373 break;
|
|
|
4374
|
|
|
4375 /* get directory to work on from stack */
|
|
|
4376 ctx = ff_pop();
|
|
|
4377 if (ctx == NULL)
|
|
|
4378 break;
|
|
|
4379
|
|
|
4380 /*
|
|
|
4381 * TODO: decide if we leave this test in
|
|
|
4382 *
|
|
|
4383 * GOOD: don't search a directory(-tree) twice.
|
|
|
4384 * BAD: - check linked list for every new directory entered.
|
|
|
4385 * - check for double files also done below
|
|
|
4386 *
|
|
|
4387 * Here we check if we already searched this directory.
|
|
|
4388 * We already searched a directory if:
|
|
|
4389 * 1) The directory is the same.
|
|
|
4390 * 2) We would use the same wildcard string.
|
|
|
4391 *
|
|
|
4392 * Good if you have links on same directory via several ways
|
|
|
4393 * or you have selfreferences in directories (e.g. SuSE Linux 6.3:
|
|
|
4394 * /etc/rc.d/init.d is linked to /etc/rc.d -> endless loop)
|
|
|
4395 *
|
|
|
4396 * This check is only needed for directories we work on for the
|
|
|
4397 * first time (hence ctx->ff_filearray == NULL)
|
|
|
4398 */
|
|
|
4399 if (ctx->ffs_filearray == NULL
|
|
|
4400 && ff_check_visited(&ff_search_ctx->ffsc_dir_visited_list
|
|
|
4401 ->ffvl_visited_list,
|
|
|
4402 ctx->ffs_fix_path
|
|
|
4403 #ifdef FEAT_PATH_EXTRA
|
|
|
4404 , ctx->ffs_wc_path
|
|
|
4405 #endif
|
|
|
4406 ) == FAIL)
|
|
|
4407 {
|
|
|
4408 #ifdef FF_VERBOSE
|
|
|
4409 if (p_verbose >= 5)
|
|
|
4410 {
|
|
293
|
4411 verbose_enter_scroll();
|
|
7
|
4412 smsg((char_u *)"Already Searched: %s (%s)",
|
|
|
4413 ctx->ffs_fix_path, ctx->ffs_wc_path);
|
|
|
4414 /* don't overwrite this either */
|
|
|
4415 msg_puts((char_u *)"\n");
|
|
293
|
4416 verbose_leave_scroll();
|
|
7
|
4417 }
|
|
|
4418 #endif
|
|
|
4419 ff_free_stack_element(ctx);
|
|
|
4420 continue;
|
|
|
4421 }
|
|
|
4422 #ifdef FF_VERBOSE
|
|
|
4423 else if (p_verbose >= 5)
|
|
|
4424 {
|
|
293
|
4425 verbose_enter_scroll();
|
|
273
|
4426 smsg((char_u *)"Searching: %s (%s)",
|
|
|
4427 ctx->ffs_fix_path, ctx->ffs_wc_path);
|
|
7
|
4428 /* don't overwrite this either */
|
|
|
4429 msg_puts((char_u *)"\n");
|
|
293
|
4430 verbose_leave_scroll();
|
|
7
|
4431 }
|
|
|
4432 #endif
|
|
|
4433
|
|
|
4434 /* check depth */
|
|
|
4435 if (ctx->ffs_level <= 0)
|
|
|
4436 {
|
|
|
4437 ff_free_stack_element(ctx);
|
|
|
4438 continue;
|
|
|
4439 }
|
|
|
4440
|
|
|
4441 file_path[0] = NUL;
|
|
|
4442
|
|
|
4443 /*
|
|
|
4444 * If no filearray till now expand wildcards
|
|
|
4445 * The function expand_wildcards() can handle an array of paths
|
|
|
4446 * and all possible expands are returned in one array. We use this
|
|
|
4447 * to handle the expansion of '**' into an empty string.
|
|
|
4448 */
|
|
|
4449 if (ctx->ffs_filearray == NULL)
|
|
|
4450 {
|
|
|
4451 char_u *dirptrs[2];
|
|
|
4452
|
|
|
4453 /* we use filepath to build the path expand_wildcards() should
|
|
|
4454 * expand.
|
|
|
4455 */
|
|
|
4456 dirptrs[0] = file_path;
|
|
|
4457 dirptrs[1] = NULL;
|
|
|
4458
|
|
|
4459 /* if we have a start dir copy it in */
|
|
|
4460 if (!vim_isAbsName(ctx->ffs_fix_path)
|
|
|
4461 && ff_search_ctx->ffsc_start_dir)
|
|
|
4462 {
|
|
|
4463 STRCPY(file_path, ff_search_ctx->ffsc_start_dir);
|
|
|
4464 add_pathsep(file_path);
|
|
|
4465 }
|
|
|
4466
|
|
|
4467 /* append the fix part of the search path */
|
|
|
4468 STRCAT(file_path, ctx->ffs_fix_path);
|
|
|
4469 add_pathsep(file_path);
|
|
|
4470
|
|
|
4471 #ifdef FEAT_PATH_EXTRA
|
|
|
4472 rest_of_wildcards = ctx->ffs_wc_path;
|
|
|
4473 if (*rest_of_wildcards != NUL)
|
|
|
4474 {
|
|
|
4475 len = (int)STRLEN(file_path);
|
|
|
4476 if (STRNCMP(rest_of_wildcards, "**", 2) == 0)
|
|
|
4477 {
|
|
|
4478 /* pointer to the restrict byte
|
|
|
4479 * The restrict byte is not a character!
|
|
|
4480 */
|
|
|
4481 p = rest_of_wildcards + 2;
|
|
|
4482
|
|
|
4483 if (*p > 0)
|
|
|
4484 {
|
|
|
4485 (*p)--;
|
|
|
4486 file_path[len++] = '*';
|
|
|
4487 }
|
|
|
4488
|
|
|
4489 if (*p == 0)
|
|
|
4490 {
|
|
|
4491 /* remove '**<numb> from wildcards */
|
|
|
4492 mch_memmove(rest_of_wildcards,
|
|
|
4493 rest_of_wildcards + 3,
|
|
|
4494 STRLEN(rest_of_wildcards + 3) + 1);
|
|
|
4495 }
|
|
|
4496 else
|
|
|
4497 rest_of_wildcards += 3;
|
|
|
4498
|
|
|
4499 if (ctx->ffs_star_star_empty == 0)
|
|
|
4500 {
|
|
|
4501 /* if not done before, expand '**' to empty */
|
|
|
4502 ctx->ffs_star_star_empty = 1;
|
|
|
4503 dirptrs[1] = ctx->ffs_fix_path;
|
|
|
4504 }
|
|
|
4505 }
|
|
|
4506
|
|
|
4507 /*
|
|
|
4508 * Here we copy until the next path separator or the end of
|
|
|
4509 * the path. If we stop at a path separator, there is
|
|
1209
|
4510 * still something else left. This is handled below by
|
|
7
|
4511 * pushing every directory returned from expand_wildcards()
|
|
|
4512 * on the stack again for further search.
|
|
|
4513 */
|
|
|
4514 while (*rest_of_wildcards
|
|
|
4515 && !vim_ispathsep(*rest_of_wildcards))
|
|
|
4516 file_path[len++] = *rest_of_wildcards++;
|
|
|
4517
|
|
|
4518 file_path[len] = NUL;
|
|
|
4519 if (vim_ispathsep(*rest_of_wildcards))
|
|
|
4520 rest_of_wildcards++;
|
|
|
4521 }
|
|
|
4522 #endif
|
|
|
4523
|
|
|
4524 /*
|
|
|
4525 * Expand wildcards like "*" and "$VAR".
|
|
|
4526 * If the path is a URL don't try this.
|
|
|
4527 */
|
|
|
4528 if (path_with_url(dirptrs[0]))
|
|
|
4529 {
|
|
|
4530 ctx->ffs_filearray = (char_u **)
|
|
|
4531 alloc((unsigned)sizeof(char *));
|
|
|
4532 if (ctx->ffs_filearray != NULL
|
|
|
4533 && (ctx->ffs_filearray[0]
|
|
|
4534 = vim_strsave(dirptrs[0])) != NULL)
|
|
|
4535 ctx->ffs_filearray_size = 1;
|
|
|
4536 else
|
|
|
4537 ctx->ffs_filearray_size = 0;
|
|
|
4538 }
|
|
|
4539 else
|
|
|
4540 expand_wildcards((dirptrs[1] == NULL) ? 1 : 2, dirptrs,
|
|
|
4541 &ctx->ffs_filearray_size,
|
|
|
4542 &ctx->ffs_filearray,
|
|
|
4543 EW_DIR|EW_ADDSLASH|EW_SILENT);
|
|
|
4544
|
|
|
4545 ctx->ffs_filearray_cur = 0;
|
|
|
4546 ctx->ffs_stage = 0;
|
|
|
4547 }
|
|
|
4548 #ifdef FEAT_PATH_EXTRA
|
|
|
4549 else
|
|
|
4550 rest_of_wildcards = &ctx->ffs_wc_path[STRLEN(ctx->ffs_wc_path)];
|
|
|
4551 #endif
|
|
|
4552
|
|
|
4553 if (ctx->ffs_stage == 0)
|
|
|
4554 {
|
|
|
4555 /* this is the first time we work on this directory */
|
|
|
4556 #ifdef FEAT_PATH_EXTRA
|
|
|
4557 if (*rest_of_wildcards == NUL)
|
|
|
4558 #endif
|
|
|
4559 {
|
|
|
4560 /*
|
|
|
4561 * we don't have further wildcards to expand, so we have to
|
|
|
4562 * check for the final file now
|
|
|
4563 */
|
|
|
4564 for (i = ctx->ffs_filearray_cur;
|
|
|
4565 i < ctx->ffs_filearray_size; ++i)
|
|
|
4566 {
|
|
|
4567 if (!path_with_url(ctx->ffs_filearray[i])
|
|
|
4568 && !mch_isdir(ctx->ffs_filearray[i]))
|
|
|
4569 continue; /* not a directory */
|
|
|
4570
|
|
|
4571 /* prepare the filename to be checked for existance
|
|
|
4572 * below */
|
|
|
4573 STRCPY(file_path, ctx->ffs_filearray[i]);
|
|
|
4574 add_pathsep(file_path);
|
|
|
4575 STRCAT(file_path, ff_search_ctx->ffsc_file_to_search);
|
|
|
4576
|
|
|
4577 /*
|
|
|
4578 * Try without extra suffix and then with suffixes
|
|
|
4579 * from 'suffixesadd'.
|
|
|
4580 */
|
|
|
4581 #ifdef FEAT_SEARCHPATH
|
|
|
4582 len = (int)STRLEN(file_path);
|
|
|
4583 suf = curbuf->b_p_sua;
|
|
|
4584 for (;;)
|
|
|
4585 #endif
|
|
|
4586 {
|
|
|
4587 /* if file exists and we didn't already find it */
|
|
|
4588 if ((path_with_url(file_path)
|
|
|
4589 || (mch_getperm(file_path) >= 0
|
|
|
4590 && (!ff_search_ctx->ffsc_need_dir
|
|
|
4591 || mch_isdir(file_path))))
|
|
|
4592 #ifndef FF_VERBOSE
|
|
|
4593 && (ff_check_visited(
|
|
|
4594 &ff_search_ctx->ffsc_visited_list->ffvl_visited_list,
|
|
|
4595 file_path
|
|
|
4596 #ifdef FEAT_PATH_EXTRA
|
|
|
4597 , (char_u *)""
|
|
|
4598 #endif
|
|
|
4599 ) == OK)
|
|
|
4600 #endif
|
|
|
4601 )
|
|
|
4602 {
|
|
|
4603 #ifdef FF_VERBOSE
|
|
|
4604 if (ff_check_visited(
|
|
|
4605 &ff_search_ctx->ffsc_visited_list->ffvl_visited_list,
|
|
|
4606 file_path
|
|
|
4607 #ifdef FEAT_PATH_EXTRA
|
|
|
4608 , (char_u *)""
|
|
|
4609 #endif
|
|
|
4610 ) == FAIL)
|
|
|
4611 {
|
|
|
4612 if (p_verbose >= 5)
|
|
|
4613 {
|
|
293
|
4614 verbose_enter_scroll();
|
|
273
|
4615 smsg((char_u *)"Already: %s",
|
|
7
|
4616 file_path);
|
|
|
4617 /* don't overwrite this either */
|
|
|
4618 msg_puts((char_u *)"\n");
|
|
293
|
4619 verbose_leave_scroll();
|
|
7
|
4620 }
|
|
|
4621 continue;
|
|
|
4622 }
|
|
|
4623 #endif
|
|
|
4624
|
|
|
4625 /* push dir to examine rest of subdirs later */
|
|
|
4626 ctx->ffs_filearray_cur = i + 1;
|
|
|
4627 ff_push(ctx);
|
|
|
4628
|
|
|
4629 simplify_filename(file_path);
|
|
|
4630 if (mch_dirname(ff_expand_buffer, MAXPATHL)
|
|
|
4631 == OK)
|
|
|
4632 {
|
|
|
4633 p = shorten_fname(file_path,
|
|
|
4634 ff_expand_buffer);
|
|
|
4635 if (p != NULL)
|
|
|
4636 mch_memmove(file_path, p,
|
|
|
4637 STRLEN(p) + 1);
|
|
|
4638 }
|
|
|
4639 #ifdef FF_VERBOSE
|
|
|
4640 if (p_verbose >= 5)
|
|
|
4641 {
|
|
293
|
4642 verbose_enter_scroll();
|
|
273
|
4643 smsg((char_u *)"HIT: %s", file_path);
|
|
7
|
4644 /* don't overwrite this either */
|
|
|
4645 msg_puts((char_u *)"\n");
|
|
293
|
4646 verbose_leave_scroll();
|
|
7
|
4647 }
|
|
|
4648 #endif
|
|
|
4649 return file_path;
|
|
|
4650 }
|
|
|
4651
|
|
|
4652 #ifdef FEAT_SEARCHPATH
|
|
|
4653 /* Not found or found already, try next suffix. */
|
|
|
4654 if (*suf == NUL)
|
|
|
4655 break;
|
|
|
4656 copy_option_part(&suf, file_path + len,
|
|
|
4657 MAXPATHL - len, ",");
|
|
|
4658 #endif
|
|
|
4659 }
|
|
|
4660 }
|
|
|
4661 }
|
|
|
4662 #ifdef FEAT_PATH_EXTRA
|
|
|
4663 else
|
|
|
4664 {
|
|
|
4665 /*
|
|
|
4666 * still wildcards left, push the directories for further
|
|
|
4667 * search
|
|
|
4668 */
|
|
359
|
4669 for (i = ctx->ffs_filearray_cur;
|
|
|
4670 i < ctx->ffs_filearray_size; ++i)
|
|
7
|
4671 {
|
|
|
4672 if (!mch_isdir(ctx->ffs_filearray[i]))
|
|
|
4673 continue; /* not a directory */
|
|
|
4674
|
|
|
4675 ff_push(ff_create_stack_element(ctx->ffs_filearray[i],
|
|
|
4676 rest_of_wildcards, ctx->ffs_level - 1, 0));
|
|
|
4677 }
|
|
|
4678 }
|
|
|
4679 #endif
|
|
|
4680 ctx->ffs_filearray_cur = 0;
|
|
|
4681 ctx->ffs_stage = 1;
|
|
|
4682 }
|
|
|
4683
|
|
|
4684 #ifdef FEAT_PATH_EXTRA
|
|
|
4685 /*
|
|
|
4686 * if wildcards contains '**' we have to descent till we reach the
|
|
|
4687 * leaves of the directory tree.
|
|
|
4688 */
|
|
|
4689 if (STRNCMP(ctx->ffs_wc_path, "**", 2) == 0)
|
|
|
4690 {
|
|
359
|
4691 for (i = ctx->ffs_filearray_cur;
|
|
|
4692 i < ctx->ffs_filearray_size; ++i)
|
|
7
|
4693 {
|
|
|
4694 if (fnamecmp(ctx->ffs_filearray[i], ctx->ffs_fix_path) == 0)
|
|
|
4695 continue; /* don't repush same directory */
|
|
|
4696 if (!mch_isdir(ctx->ffs_filearray[i]))
|
|
|
4697 continue; /* not a directory */
|
|
|
4698 ff_push(ff_create_stack_element(ctx->ffs_filearray[i],
|
|
|
4699 ctx->ffs_wc_path, ctx->ffs_level - 1, 1));
|
|
|
4700 }
|
|
|
4701 }
|
|
|
4702 #endif
|
|
|
4703
|
|
|
4704 /* we are done with the current directory */
|
|
|
4705 ff_free_stack_element(ctx);
|
|
|
4706
|
|
|
4707 }
|
|
|
4708
|
|
|
4709 #ifdef FEAT_PATH_EXTRA
|
|
|
4710 /* If we reached this, we didn't find anything downwards.
|
|
|
4711 * Let's check if we should do an upward search.
|
|
|
4712 */
|
|
|
4713 if (ff_search_ctx->ffsc_start_dir
|
|
|
4714 && ff_search_ctx->ffsc_stopdirs_v != NULL && !got_int)
|
|
|
4715 {
|
|
|
4716 ff_stack_T *sptr;
|
|
|
4717
|
|
|
4718 /* is the last starting directory in the stop list? */
|
|
|
4719 if (ff_path_in_stoplist(ff_search_ctx->ffsc_start_dir,
|
|
|
4720 (int)(path_end - ff_search_ctx->ffsc_start_dir),
|
|
|
4721 ff_search_ctx->ffsc_stopdirs_v) == TRUE)
|
|
|
4722 break;
|
|
|
4723
|
|
|
4724 /* cut of last dir */
|
|
|
4725 while (path_end > ff_search_ctx->ffsc_start_dir
|
|
461
|
4726 && vim_ispathsep(*path_end))
|
|
7
|
4727 path_end--;
|
|
|
4728 while (path_end > ff_search_ctx->ffsc_start_dir
|
|
461
|
4729 && !vim_ispathsep(path_end[-1]))
|
|
7
|
4730 path_end--;
|
|
|
4731 *path_end = 0;
|
|
|
4732 path_end--;
|
|
|
4733
|
|
|
4734 if (*ff_search_ctx->ffsc_start_dir == 0)
|
|
|
4735 break;
|
|
|
4736
|
|
|
4737 STRCPY(file_path, ff_search_ctx->ffsc_start_dir);
|
|
|
4738 add_pathsep(file_path);
|
|
|
4739 STRCAT(file_path, ff_search_ctx->ffsc_fix_path);
|
|
|
4740
|
|
|
4741 /* create a new stack entry */
|
|
|
4742 sptr = ff_create_stack_element(file_path,
|
|
|
4743 ff_search_ctx->ffsc_wc_path, ff_search_ctx->ffsc_level, 0);
|
|
|
4744 if (sptr == NULL)
|
|
|
4745 break;
|
|
|
4746 ff_push(sptr);
|
|
|
4747 }
|
|
|
4748 else
|
|
|
4749 break;
|
|
|
4750 }
|
|
|
4751 #endif
|
|
|
4752
|
|
|
4753 vim_free(file_path);
|
|
|
4754 return NULL;
|
|
|
4755 }
|
|
|
4756
|
|
|
4757 /*
|
|
|
4758 * Free the list of lists of visited files and directories
|
|
|
4759 * Can handle it if the passed search_context is NULL;
|
|
|
4760 */
|
|
|
4761 void
|
|
|
4762 vim_findfile_free_visited(search_ctx)
|
|
|
4763 void *search_ctx;
|
|
|
4764 {
|
|
|
4765 if (search_ctx == NULL)
|
|
|
4766 return;
|
|
|
4767
|
|
|
4768 ff_search_ctx = (ff_search_ctx_T *)search_ctx;
|
|
|
4769
|
|
|
4770 vim_findfile_free_visited_list(&ff_search_ctx->ffsc_visited_lists_list);
|
|
|
4771 vim_findfile_free_visited_list(&ff_search_ctx->ffsc_dir_visited_lists_list);
|
|
|
4772 }
|
|
|
4773
|
|
|
4774 static void
|
|
|
4775 vim_findfile_free_visited_list(list_headp)
|
|
|
4776 ff_visited_list_hdr_T **list_headp;
|
|
|
4777 {
|
|
|
4778 ff_visited_list_hdr_T *vp;
|
|
|
4779
|
|
|
4780 while (*list_headp != NULL)
|
|
|
4781 {
|
|
|
4782 vp = (*list_headp)->ffvl_next;
|
|
|
4783 ff_free_visited_list((*list_headp)->ffvl_visited_list);
|
|
|
4784
|
|
|
4785 vim_free((*list_headp)->ffvl_filename);
|
|
|
4786 vim_free(*list_headp);
|
|
|
4787 *list_headp = vp;
|
|
|
4788 }
|
|
|
4789 *list_headp = NULL;
|
|
|
4790 }
|
|
|
4791
|
|
|
4792 static void
|
|
|
4793 ff_free_visited_list(vl)
|
|
|
4794 ff_visited_T *vl;
|
|
|
4795 {
|
|
|
4796 ff_visited_T *vp;
|
|
|
4797
|
|
|
4798 while (vl != NULL)
|
|
|
4799 {
|
|
|
4800 vp = vl->ffv_next;
|
|
|
4801 #ifdef FEAT_PATH_EXTRA
|
|
|
4802 vim_free(vl->ffv_wc_path);
|
|
|
4803 #endif
|
|
|
4804 vim_free(vl);
|
|
|
4805 vl = vp;
|
|
|
4806 }
|
|
|
4807 vl = NULL;
|
|
|
4808 }
|
|
|
4809
|
|
|
4810 /*
|
|
|
4811 * Returns the already visited list for the given filename. If none is found it
|
|
|
4812 * allocates a new one.
|
|
|
4813 */
|
|
|
4814 static ff_visited_list_hdr_T*
|
|
|
4815 ff_get_visited_list(filename, list_headp)
|
|
|
4816 char_u *filename;
|
|
|
4817 ff_visited_list_hdr_T **list_headp;
|
|
|
4818 {
|
|
|
4819 ff_visited_list_hdr_T *retptr = NULL;
|
|
|
4820
|
|
|
4821 /* check if a visited list for the given filename exists */
|
|
|
4822 if (*list_headp != NULL)
|
|
|
4823 {
|
|
|
4824 retptr = *list_headp;
|
|
|
4825 while (retptr != NULL)
|
|
|
4826 {
|
|
|
4827 if (fnamecmp(filename, retptr->ffvl_filename) == 0)
|
|
|
4828 {
|
|
|
4829 #ifdef FF_VERBOSE
|
|
|
4830 if (p_verbose >= 5)
|
|
|
4831 {
|
|
293
|
4832 verbose_enter_scroll();
|
|
273
|
4833 smsg((char_u *)"ff_get_visited_list: FOUND list for %s",
|
|
7
|
4834 filename);
|
|
|
4835 /* don't overwrite this either */
|
|
|
4836 msg_puts((char_u *)"\n");
|
|
293
|
4837 verbose_leave_scroll();
|
|
7
|
4838 }
|
|
|
4839 #endif
|
|
|
4840 return retptr;
|
|
|
4841 }
|
|
|
4842 retptr = retptr->ffvl_next;
|
|
|
4843 }
|
|
|
4844 }
|
|
|
4845
|
|
|
4846 #ifdef FF_VERBOSE
|
|
|
4847 if (p_verbose >= 5)
|
|
|
4848 {
|
|
293
|
4849 verbose_enter_scroll();
|
|
273
|
4850 smsg((char_u *)"ff_get_visited_list: new list for %s", filename);
|
|
7
|
4851 /* don't overwrite this either */
|
|
|
4852 msg_puts((char_u *)"\n");
|
|
293
|
4853 verbose_leave_scroll();
|
|
7
|
4854 }
|
|
|
4855 #endif
|
|
|
4856
|
|
|
4857 /*
|
|
|
4858 * if we reach this we didn't find a list and we have to allocate new list
|
|
|
4859 */
|
|
|
4860 retptr = (ff_visited_list_hdr_T*)alloc((unsigned)sizeof(*retptr));
|
|
|
4861 if (retptr == NULL)
|
|
|
4862 return NULL;
|
|
|
4863
|
|
|
4864 retptr->ffvl_visited_list = NULL;
|
|
|
4865 retptr->ffvl_filename = vim_strsave(filename);
|
|
|
4866 if (retptr->ffvl_filename == NULL)
|
|
|
4867 {
|
|
|
4868 vim_free(retptr);
|
|
|
4869 return NULL;
|
|
|
4870 }
|
|
|
4871 retptr->ffvl_next = *list_headp;
|
|
|
4872 *list_headp = retptr;
|
|
|
4873
|
|
|
4874 return retptr;
|
|
|
4875 }
|
|
|
4876
|
|
|
4877 #ifdef FEAT_PATH_EXTRA
|
|
|
4878 /*
|
|
|
4879 * check if two wildcard paths are equal. Returns TRUE or FALSE.
|
|
|
4880 * They are equal if:
|
|
|
4881 * - both paths are NULL
|
|
|
4882 * - they have the same length
|
|
|
4883 * - char by char comparison is OK
|
|
|
4884 * - the only differences are in the counters behind a '**', so
|
|
|
4885 * '**\20' is equal to '**\24'
|
|
|
4886 */
|
|
|
4887 static int
|
|
|
4888 ff_wc_equal(s1, s2)
|
|
|
4889 char_u *s1;
|
|
|
4890 char_u *s2;
|
|
|
4891 {
|
|
|
4892 int i;
|
|
|
4893
|
|
|
4894 if (s1 == s2)
|
|
|
4895 return TRUE;
|
|
|
4896
|
|
|
4897 if (s1 == NULL || s2 == NULL)
|
|
|
4898 return FALSE;
|
|
|
4899
|
|
|
4900 if (STRLEN(s1) != STRLEN(s2))
|
|
|
4901 return FAIL;
|
|
|
4902
|
|
|
4903 for (i = 0; s1[i] != NUL && s2[i] != NUL; i++)
|
|
|
4904 {
|
|
|
4905 if (s1[i] != s2[i]
|
|
|
4906 #ifdef CASE_INSENSITIVE_FILENAME
|
|
|
4907 && TOUPPER_LOC(s1[i]) != TOUPPER_LOC(s2[i])
|
|
|
4908 #endif
|
|
|
4909 )
|
|
|
4910 {
|
|
|
4911 if (i >= 2)
|
|
|
4912 if (s1[i-1] == '*' && s1[i-2] == '*')
|
|
|
4913 continue;
|
|
|
4914 else
|
|
|
4915 return FAIL;
|
|
|
4916 else
|
|
|
4917 return FAIL;
|
|
|
4918 }
|
|
|
4919 }
|
|
|
4920 return TRUE;
|
|
|
4921 }
|
|
|
4922 #endif
|
|
|
4923
|
|
|
4924 /*
|
|
|
4925 * maintains the list of already visited files and dirs
|
|
|
4926 * returns FAIL if the given file/dir is already in the list
|
|
|
4927 * returns OK if it is newly added
|
|
|
4928 *
|
|
|
4929 * TODO: What to do on memory allocation problems?
|
|
|
4930 * -> return TRUE - Better the file is found several times instead of
|
|
|
4931 * never.
|
|
|
4932 */
|
|
|
4933 static int
|
|
|
4934 ff_check_visited(visited_list, fname
|
|
|
4935 #ifdef FEAT_PATH_EXTRA
|
|
|
4936 , wc_path
|
|
|
4937 #endif
|
|
|
4938 )
|
|
|
4939 ff_visited_T **visited_list;
|
|
|
4940 char_u *fname;
|
|
|
4941 #ifdef FEAT_PATH_EXTRA
|
|
|
4942 char_u *wc_path;
|
|
|
4943 #endif
|
|
|
4944 {
|
|
|
4945 ff_visited_T *vp;
|
|
|
4946 #ifdef UNIX
|
|
|
4947 struct stat st;
|
|
|
4948 int url = FALSE;
|
|
|
4949 #endif
|
|
|
4950
|
|
|
4951 /* For an URL we only compare the name, otherwise we compare the
|
|
|
4952 * device/inode (unix) or the full path name (not Unix). */
|
|
|
4953 if (path_with_url(fname))
|
|
|
4954 {
|
|
418
|
4955 vim_strncpy(ff_expand_buffer, fname, MAXPATHL - 1);
|
|
7
|
4956 #ifdef UNIX
|
|
|
4957 url = TRUE;
|
|
|
4958 #endif
|
|
|
4959 }
|
|
|
4960 else
|
|
|
4961 {
|
|
|
4962 ff_expand_buffer[0] = NUL;
|
|
|
4963 #ifdef UNIX
|
|
|
4964 if (mch_stat((char *)fname, &st) < 0)
|
|
|
4965 #else
|
|
|
4966 if (vim_FullName(fname, ff_expand_buffer, MAXPATHL, TRUE) == FAIL)
|
|
|
4967 #endif
|
|
|
4968 return FAIL;
|
|
|
4969 }
|
|
|
4970
|
|
|
4971 /* check against list of already visited files */
|
|
|
4972 for (vp = *visited_list; vp != NULL; vp = vp->ffv_next)
|
|
|
4973 {
|
|
|
4974 if (
|
|
|
4975 #ifdef UNIX
|
|
|
4976 !url
|
|
|
4977 ? (vp->ffv_dev == st.st_dev
|
|
|
4978 && vp->ffv_ino == st.st_ino)
|
|
|
4979 :
|
|
|
4980 #endif
|
|
|
4981 fnamecmp(vp->ffv_fname, ff_expand_buffer) == 0
|
|
|
4982 )
|
|
|
4983 {
|
|
|
4984 #ifdef FEAT_PATH_EXTRA
|
|
|
4985 /* are the wildcard parts equal */
|
|
|
4986 if (ff_wc_equal(vp->ffv_wc_path, wc_path) == TRUE)
|
|
|
4987 #endif
|
|
|
4988 /* already visited */
|
|
|
4989 return FAIL;
|
|
|
4990 }
|
|
|
4991 }
|
|
|
4992
|
|
|
4993 /*
|
|
|
4994 * New file/dir. Add it to the list of visited files/dirs.
|
|
|
4995 */
|
|
|
4996 vp = (ff_visited_T *)alloc((unsigned)(sizeof(ff_visited_T)
|
|
|
4997 + STRLEN(ff_expand_buffer)));
|
|
|
4998
|
|
|
4999 if (vp != NULL)
|
|
|
5000 {
|
|
|
5001 #ifdef UNIX
|
|
|
5002 if (!url)
|
|
|
5003 {
|
|
|
5004 vp->ffv_ino = st.st_ino;
|
|
|
5005 vp->ffv_dev = st.st_dev;
|
|
|
5006 vp->ffv_fname[0] = NUL;
|
|
|
5007 }
|
|
|
5008 else
|
|
|
5009 {
|
|
|
5010 vp->ffv_ino = 0;
|
|
|
5011 vp->ffv_dev = -1;
|
|
|
5012 #endif
|
|
|
5013 STRCPY(vp->ffv_fname, ff_expand_buffer);
|
|
|
5014 #ifdef UNIX
|
|
|
5015 }
|
|
|
5016 #endif
|
|
|
5017 #ifdef FEAT_PATH_EXTRA
|
|
|
5018 if (wc_path != NULL)
|
|
|
5019 vp->ffv_wc_path = vim_strsave(wc_path);
|
|
|
5020 else
|
|
|
5021 vp->ffv_wc_path = NULL;
|
|
|
5022 #endif
|
|
|
5023
|
|
|
5024 vp->ffv_next = *visited_list;
|
|
|
5025 *visited_list = vp;
|
|
|
5026 }
|
|
|
5027
|
|
|
5028 return OK;
|
|
|
5029 }
|
|
|
5030
|
|
|
5031 /*
|
|
|
5032 * create stack element from given path pieces
|
|
|
5033 */
|
|
|
5034 static ff_stack_T *
|
|
|
5035 ff_create_stack_element(fix_part,
|
|
|
5036 #ifdef FEAT_PATH_EXTRA
|
|
|
5037 wc_part,
|
|
|
5038 #endif
|
|
|
5039 level, star_star_empty)
|
|
|
5040 char_u *fix_part;
|
|
|
5041 #ifdef FEAT_PATH_EXTRA
|
|
|
5042 char_u *wc_part;
|
|
|
5043 #endif
|
|
|
5044 int level;
|
|
|
5045 int star_star_empty;
|
|
|
5046 {
|
|
|
5047 ff_stack_T *new;
|
|
|
5048
|
|
|
5049 new = (ff_stack_T *)alloc((unsigned)sizeof(ff_stack_T));
|
|
|
5050 if (new == NULL)
|
|
|
5051 return NULL;
|
|
|
5052
|
|
|
5053 new->ffs_prev = NULL;
|
|
|
5054 new->ffs_filearray = NULL;
|
|
|
5055 new->ffs_filearray_size = 0;
|
|
|
5056 new->ffs_filearray_cur = 0;
|
|
|
5057 new->ffs_stage = 0;
|
|
|
5058 new->ffs_level = level;
|
|
|
5059 new->ffs_star_star_empty = star_star_empty;;
|
|
|
5060
|
|
|
5061 /* the following saves NULL pointer checks in vim_findfile */
|
|
|
5062 if (fix_part == NULL)
|
|
|
5063 fix_part = (char_u *)"";
|
|
|
5064 new->ffs_fix_path = vim_strsave(fix_part);
|
|
|
5065
|
|
|
5066 #ifdef FEAT_PATH_EXTRA
|
|
|
5067 if (wc_part == NULL)
|
|
|
5068 wc_part = (char_u *)"";
|
|
|
5069 new->ffs_wc_path = vim_strsave(wc_part);
|
|
|
5070 #endif
|
|
|
5071
|
|
|
5072 if (new->ffs_fix_path == NULL
|
|
|
5073 #ifdef FEAT_PATH_EXTRA
|
|
|
5074 || new->ffs_wc_path == NULL
|
|
|
5075 #endif
|
|
|
5076 )
|
|
|
5077 {
|
|
|
5078 ff_free_stack_element(new);
|
|
|
5079 new = NULL;
|
|
|
5080 }
|
|
|
5081
|
|
|
5082 return new;
|
|
|
5083 }
|
|
|
5084
|
|
|
5085 /*
|
|
|
5086 * push a dir on the directory stack
|
|
|
5087 */
|
|
|
5088 static void
|
|
|
5089 ff_push(ctx)
|
|
|
5090 ff_stack_T *ctx;
|
|
|
5091 {
|
|
|
5092 /* check for NULL pointer, not to return an error to the user, but
|
|
359
|
5093 * to prevent a crash */
|
|
7
|
5094 if (ctx != NULL)
|
|
|
5095 {
|
|
|
5096 ctx->ffs_prev = ff_search_ctx->ffsc_stack_ptr;
|
|
|
5097 ff_search_ctx->ffsc_stack_ptr = ctx;
|
|
|
5098 }
|
|
|
5099 }
|
|
|
5100
|
|
|
5101 /*
|
|
|
5102 * pop a dir from the directory stack
|
|
|
5103 * returns NULL if stack is empty
|
|
|
5104 */
|
|
|
5105 static ff_stack_T *
|
|
|
5106 ff_pop()
|
|
|
5107 {
|
|
|
5108 ff_stack_T *sptr;
|
|
|
5109
|
|
|
5110 sptr = ff_search_ctx->ffsc_stack_ptr;
|
|
|
5111 if (ff_search_ctx->ffsc_stack_ptr != NULL)
|
|
|
5112 ff_search_ctx->ffsc_stack_ptr = ff_search_ctx->ffsc_stack_ptr->ffs_prev;
|
|
|
5113
|
|
|
5114 return sptr;
|
|
|
5115 }
|
|
|
5116
|
|
|
5117 /*
|
|
|
5118 * free the given stack element
|
|
|
5119 */
|
|
|
5120 static void
|
|
|
5121 ff_free_stack_element(ctx)
|
|
|
5122 ff_stack_T *ctx;
|
|
|
5123 {
|
|
|
5124 /* vim_free handles possible NULL pointers */
|
|
|
5125 vim_free(ctx->ffs_fix_path);
|
|
|
5126 #ifdef FEAT_PATH_EXTRA
|
|
|
5127 vim_free(ctx->ffs_wc_path);
|
|
|
5128 #endif
|
|
|
5129
|
|
|
5130 if (ctx->ffs_filearray != NULL)
|
|
|
5131 FreeWild(ctx->ffs_filearray_size, ctx->ffs_filearray);
|
|
|
5132
|
|
|
5133 vim_free(ctx);
|
|
|
5134 }
|
|
|
5135
|
|
|
5136 /*
|
|
|
5137 * clear the search context
|
|
|
5138 */
|
|
|
5139 static void
|
|
|
5140 ff_clear()
|
|
|
5141 {
|
|
|
5142 ff_stack_T *sptr;
|
|
|
5143
|
|
|
5144 /* clear up stack */
|
|
|
5145 while ((sptr = ff_pop()) != NULL)
|
|
|
5146 ff_free_stack_element(sptr);
|
|
|
5147
|
|
|
5148 vim_free(ff_search_ctx->ffsc_file_to_search);
|
|
|
5149 vim_free(ff_search_ctx->ffsc_start_dir);
|
|
|
5150 vim_free(ff_search_ctx->ffsc_fix_path);
|
|
|
5151 #ifdef FEAT_PATH_EXTRA
|
|
|
5152 vim_free(ff_search_ctx->ffsc_wc_path);
|
|
|
5153 #endif
|
|
|
5154
|
|
|
5155 #ifdef FEAT_PATH_EXTRA
|
|
|
5156 if (ff_search_ctx->ffsc_stopdirs_v != NULL)
|
|
|
5157 {
|
|
|
5158 int i = 0;
|
|
|
5159
|
|
|
5160 while (ff_search_ctx->ffsc_stopdirs_v[i] != NULL)
|
|
|
5161 {
|
|
|
5162 vim_free(ff_search_ctx->ffsc_stopdirs_v[i]);
|
|
|
5163 i++;
|
|
|
5164 }
|
|
|
5165 vim_free(ff_search_ctx->ffsc_stopdirs_v);
|
|
|
5166 }
|
|
|
5167 ff_search_ctx->ffsc_stopdirs_v = NULL;
|
|
|
5168 #endif
|
|
|
5169
|
|
|
5170 /* reset everything */
|
|
|
5171 ff_search_ctx->ffsc_file_to_search = NULL;
|
|
|
5172 ff_search_ctx->ffsc_start_dir = NULL;
|
|
|
5173 ff_search_ctx->ffsc_fix_path = NULL;
|
|
|
5174 #ifdef FEAT_PATH_EXTRA
|
|
|
5175 ff_search_ctx->ffsc_wc_path = NULL;
|
|
|
5176 ff_search_ctx->ffsc_level = 0;
|
|
|
5177 #endif
|
|
|
5178 }
|
|
|
5179
|
|
|
5180 #ifdef FEAT_PATH_EXTRA
|
|
|
5181 /*
|
|
|
5182 * check if the given path is in the stopdirs
|
|
|
5183 * returns TRUE if yes else FALSE
|
|
|
5184 */
|
|
|
5185 static int
|
|
|
5186 ff_path_in_stoplist(path, path_len, stopdirs_v)
|
|
|
5187 char_u *path;
|
|
|
5188 int path_len;
|
|
|
5189 char_u **stopdirs_v;
|
|
|
5190 {
|
|
|
5191 int i = 0;
|
|
|
5192
|
|
|
5193 /* eat up trailing path separators, except the first */
|
|
461
|
5194 while (path_len > 1 && vim_ispathsep(path[path_len - 1]))
|
|
7
|
5195 path_len--;
|
|
|
5196
|
|
|
5197 /* if no path consider it as match */
|
|
|
5198 if (path_len == 0)
|
|
|
5199 return TRUE;
|
|
|
5200
|
|
|
5201 for (i = 0; stopdirs_v[i] != NULL; i++)
|
|
|
5202 {
|
|
|
5203 if ((int)STRLEN(stopdirs_v[i]) > path_len)
|
|
|
5204 {
|
|
|
5205 /* match for parent directory. So '/home' also matches
|
|
|
5206 * '/home/rks'. Check for PATHSEP in stopdirs_v[i], else
|
|
|
5207 * '/home/r' would also match '/home/rks'
|
|
|
5208 */
|
|
|
5209 if (fnamencmp(stopdirs_v[i], path, path_len) == 0
|
|
461
|
5210 && vim_ispathsep(stopdirs_v[i][path_len]))
|
|
7
|
5211 return TRUE;
|
|
|
5212 }
|
|
|
5213 else
|
|
|
5214 {
|
|
|
5215 if (fnamecmp(stopdirs_v[i], path) == 0)
|
|
|
5216 return TRUE;
|
|
|
5217 }
|
|
|
5218 }
|
|
|
5219 return FALSE;
|
|
|
5220 }
|
|
|
5221 #endif
|
|
|
5222
|
|
|
5223 #if defined(FEAT_SEARCHPATH) || defined(PROTO)
|
|
|
5224 /*
|
|
|
5225 * Find the file name "ptr[len]" in the path.
|
|
|
5226 *
|
|
|
5227 * On the first call set the parameter 'first' to TRUE to initialize
|
|
|
5228 * the search. For repeating calls to FALSE.
|
|
|
5229 *
|
|
|
5230 * Repeating calls will return other files called 'ptr[len]' from the path.
|
|
|
5231 *
|
|
|
5232 * Only on the first call 'ptr' and 'len' are used. For repeating calls they
|
|
|
5233 * don't need valid values.
|
|
|
5234 *
|
|
|
5235 * If nothing found on the first call the option FNAME_MESS will issue the
|
|
|
5236 * message:
|
|
|
5237 * 'Can't find file "<file>" in path'
|
|
|
5238 * On repeating calls:
|
|
|
5239 * 'No more file "<file>" found in path'
|
|
|
5240 *
|
|
|
5241 * options:
|
|
|
5242 * FNAME_MESS give error message when not found
|
|
|
5243 *
|
|
|
5244 * Uses NameBuff[]!
|
|
|
5245 *
|
|
|
5246 * Returns an allocated string for the file name. NULL for error.
|
|
|
5247 *
|
|
|
5248 */
|
|
|
5249 char_u *
|
|
|
5250 find_file_in_path(ptr, len, options, first, rel_fname)
|
|
|
5251 char_u *ptr; /* file name */
|
|
|
5252 int len; /* length of file name */
|
|
|
5253 int options;
|
|
|
5254 int first; /* use count'th matching file name */
|
|
|
5255 char_u *rel_fname; /* file name searching relative to */
|
|
|
5256 {
|
|
|
5257 return find_file_in_path_option(ptr, len, options, first,
|
|
|
5258 *curbuf->b_p_path == NUL ? p_path : curbuf->b_p_path,
|
|
794
|
5259 FALSE, rel_fname, curbuf->b_p_sua);
|
|
7
|
5260 }
|
|
|
5261
|
|
359
|
5262 static char_u *ff_file_to_find = NULL;
|
|
|
5263 static void *fdip_search_ctx = NULL;
|
|
|
5264
|
|
|
5265 #if defined(EXITFREE)
|
|
|
5266 static void
|
|
|
5267 free_findfile()
|
|
|
5268 {
|
|
|
5269 vim_free(ff_file_to_find);
|
|
|
5270 vim_findfile_cleanup(fdip_search_ctx);
|
|
|
5271 }
|
|
|
5272 #endif
|
|
|
5273
|
|
7
|
5274 /*
|
|
|
5275 * Find the directory name "ptr[len]" in the path.
|
|
|
5276 *
|
|
|
5277 * options:
|
|
|
5278 * FNAME_MESS give error message when not found
|
|
|
5279 *
|
|
|
5280 * Uses NameBuff[]!
|
|
|
5281 *
|
|
|
5282 * Returns an allocated string for the file name. NULL for error.
|
|
|
5283 */
|
|
|
5284 char_u *
|
|
|
5285 find_directory_in_path(ptr, len, options, rel_fname)
|
|
|
5286 char_u *ptr; /* file name */
|
|
|
5287 int len; /* length of file name */
|
|
|
5288 int options;
|
|
|
5289 char_u *rel_fname; /* file name searching relative to */
|
|
|
5290 {
|
|
|
5291 return find_file_in_path_option(ptr, len, options, TRUE, p_cdpath,
|
|
794
|
5292 TRUE, rel_fname, (char_u *)"");
|
|
7
|
5293 }
|
|
|
5294
|
|
19
|
5295 char_u *
|
|
794
|
5296 find_file_in_path_option(ptr, len, options, first, path_option, need_dir, rel_fname, suffixes)
|
|
7
|
5297 char_u *ptr; /* file name */
|
|
|
5298 int len; /* length of file name */
|
|
|
5299 int options;
|
|
|
5300 int first; /* use count'th matching file name */
|
|
|
5301 char_u *path_option; /* p_path or p_cdpath */
|
|
|
5302 int need_dir; /* looking for directory name */
|
|
|
5303 char_u *rel_fname; /* file name we are looking relative to. */
|
|
794
|
5304 char_u *suffixes; /* list of suffixes, 'suffixesadd' option */
|
|
7
|
5305 {
|
|
|
5306 static char_u *dir;
|
|
|
5307 static int did_findfile_init = FALSE;
|
|
|
5308 char_u save_char;
|
|
|
5309 char_u *file_name = NULL;
|
|
|
5310 char_u *buf = NULL;
|
|
|
5311 int rel_to_curdir;
|
|
|
5312 #ifdef AMIGA
|
|
|
5313 struct Process *proc = (struct Process *)FindTask(0L);
|
|
|
5314 APTR save_winptr = proc->pr_WindowPtr;
|
|
|
5315
|
|
|
5316 /* Avoid a requester here for a volume that doesn't exist. */
|
|
|
5317 proc->pr_WindowPtr = (APTR)-1L;
|
|
|
5318 #endif
|
|
|
5319
|
|
|
5320 if (first == TRUE)
|
|
|
5321 {
|
|
|
5322 /* copy file name into NameBuff, expanding environment variables */
|
|
|
5323 save_char = ptr[len];
|
|
|
5324 ptr[len] = NUL;
|
|
|
5325 expand_env(ptr, NameBuff, MAXPATHL);
|
|
|
5326 ptr[len] = save_char;
|
|
|
5327
|
|
359
|
5328 vim_free(ff_file_to_find);
|
|
|
5329 ff_file_to_find = vim_strsave(NameBuff);
|
|
|
5330 if (ff_file_to_find == NULL) /* out of memory */
|
|
7
|
5331 {
|
|
|
5332 file_name = NULL;
|
|
|
5333 goto theend;
|
|
|
5334 }
|
|
|
5335 }
|
|
|
5336
|
|
359
|
5337 rel_to_curdir = (ff_file_to_find[0] == '.'
|
|
|
5338 && (ff_file_to_find[1] == NUL
|
|
|
5339 || vim_ispathsep(ff_file_to_find[1])
|
|
|
5340 || (ff_file_to_find[1] == '.'
|
|
|
5341 && (ff_file_to_find[2] == NUL
|
|
|
5342 || vim_ispathsep(ff_file_to_find[2])))));
|
|
|
5343 if (vim_isAbsName(ff_file_to_find)
|
|
7
|
5344 /* "..", "../path", "." and "./path": don't use the path_option */
|
|
|
5345 || rel_to_curdir
|
|
|
5346 #if defined(MSWIN) || defined(MSDOS) || defined(OS2)
|
|
|
5347 /* handle "\tmp" as absolute path */
|
|
359
|
5348 || vim_ispathsep(ff_file_to_find[0])
|
|
7
|
5349 /* handle "c:name" as absulute path */
|
|
359
|
5350 || (ff_file_to_find[0] != NUL && ff_file_to_find[1] == ':')
|
|
7
|
5351 #endif
|
|
|
5352 #ifdef AMIGA
|
|
|
5353 /* handle ":tmp" as absolute path */
|
|
359
|
5354 || ff_file_to_find[0] == ':'
|
|
7
|
5355 #endif
|
|
|
5356 )
|
|
|
5357 {
|
|
|
5358 /*
|
|
|
5359 * Absolute path, no need to use "path_option".
|
|
|
5360 * If this is not a first call, return NULL. We already returned a
|
|
|
5361 * filename on the first call.
|
|
|
5362 */
|
|
|
5363 if (first == TRUE)
|
|
|
5364 {
|
|
|
5365 int l;
|
|
|
5366 int run;
|
|
|
5367
|
|
359
|
5368 if (path_with_url(ff_file_to_find))
|
|
7
|
5369 {
|
|
359
|
5370 file_name = vim_strsave(ff_file_to_find);
|
|
7
|
5371 goto theend;
|
|
|
5372 }
|
|
|
5373
|
|
|
5374 /* When FNAME_REL flag given first use the directory of the file.
|
|
|
5375 * Otherwise or when this fails use the current directory. */
|
|
|
5376 for (run = 1; run <= 2; ++run)
|
|
|
5377 {
|
|
359
|
5378 l = (int)STRLEN(ff_file_to_find);
|
|
7
|
5379 if (run == 1
|
|
|
5380 && rel_to_curdir
|
|
|
5381 && (options & FNAME_REL)
|
|
|
5382 && rel_fname != NULL
|
|
|
5383 && STRLEN(rel_fname) + l < MAXPATHL)
|
|
|
5384 {
|
|
|
5385 STRCPY(NameBuff, rel_fname);
|
|
359
|
5386 STRCPY(gettail(NameBuff), ff_file_to_find);
|
|
7
|
5387 l = (int)STRLEN(NameBuff);
|
|
|
5388 }
|
|
|
5389 else
|
|
|
5390 {
|
|
359
|
5391 STRCPY(NameBuff, ff_file_to_find);
|
|
7
|
5392 run = 2;
|
|
|
5393 }
|
|
|
5394
|
|
|
5395 /* When the file doesn't exist, try adding parts of
|
|
|
5396 * 'suffixesadd'. */
|
|
794
|
5397 buf = suffixes;
|
|
7
|
5398 for (;;)
|
|
|
5399 {
|
|
|
5400 if (
|
|
|
5401 #ifdef DJGPP
|
|
|
5402 /* "C:" by itself will fail for mch_getperm(),
|
|
|
5403 * assume it's always valid. */
|
|
|
5404 (need_dir && NameBuff[0] != NUL
|
|
|
5405 && NameBuff[1] == ':'
|
|
|
5406 && NameBuff[2] == NUL) ||
|
|
|
5407 #endif
|
|
|
5408 (mch_getperm(NameBuff) >= 0
|
|
|
5409 && (!need_dir || mch_isdir(NameBuff))))
|
|
|
5410 {
|
|
|
5411 file_name = vim_strsave(NameBuff);
|
|
|
5412 goto theend;
|
|
|
5413 }
|
|
|
5414 if (*buf == NUL)
|
|
|
5415 break;
|
|
|
5416 copy_option_part(&buf, NameBuff + l, MAXPATHL - l, ",");
|
|
|
5417 }
|
|
|
5418 }
|
|
|
5419 }
|
|
|
5420 }
|
|
|
5421 else
|
|
|
5422 {
|
|
|
5423 /*
|
|
|
5424 * Loop over all paths in the 'path' or 'cdpath' option.
|
|
|
5425 * When "first" is set, first setup to the start of the option.
|
|
|
5426 * Otherwise continue to find the next match.
|
|
|
5427 */
|
|
|
5428 if (first == TRUE)
|
|
|
5429 {
|
|
|
5430 /* vim_findfile_free_visited can handle a possible NULL pointer */
|
|
359
|
5431 vim_findfile_free_visited(fdip_search_ctx);
|
|
7
|
5432 dir = path_option;
|
|
|
5433 did_findfile_init = FALSE;
|
|
|
5434 }
|
|
|
5435
|
|
|
5436 for (;;)
|
|
|
5437 {
|
|
|
5438 if (did_findfile_init)
|
|
|
5439 {
|
|
|
5440 ff_search_ctx->ffsc_need_dir = need_dir;
|
|
359
|
5441 file_name = vim_findfile(fdip_search_ctx);
|
|
7
|
5442 ff_search_ctx->ffsc_need_dir = FALSE;
|
|
|
5443 if (file_name != NULL)
|
|
|
5444 break;
|
|
|
5445
|
|
|
5446 did_findfile_init = FALSE;
|
|
|
5447 }
|
|
|
5448 else
|
|
|
5449 {
|
|
|
5450 char_u *r_ptr;
|
|
|
5451
|
|
|
5452 if (dir == NULL || *dir == NUL)
|
|
|
5453 {
|
|
|
5454 /* We searched all paths of the option, now we can
|
|
|
5455 * free the search context. */
|
|
359
|
5456 vim_findfile_cleanup(fdip_search_ctx);
|
|
|
5457 fdip_search_ctx = NULL;
|
|
7
|
5458 break;
|
|
|
5459 }
|
|
|
5460
|
|
|
5461 if ((buf = alloc((int)(MAXPATHL))) == NULL)
|
|
|
5462 break;
|
|
|
5463
|
|
|
5464 /* copy next path */
|
|
|
5465 buf[0] = 0;
|
|
|
5466 copy_option_part(&dir, buf, MAXPATHL, " ,");
|
|
|
5467
|
|
|
5468 #ifdef FEAT_PATH_EXTRA
|
|
|
5469 /* get the stopdir string */
|
|
|
5470 r_ptr = vim_findfile_stopdir(buf);
|
|
|
5471 #else
|
|
|
5472 r_ptr = NULL;
|
|
|
5473 #endif
|
|
359
|
5474 fdip_search_ctx = vim_findfile_init(buf, ff_file_to_find,
|
|
|
5475 r_ptr, 100, FALSE, TRUE,
|
|
|
5476 fdip_search_ctx, FALSE, rel_fname);
|
|
|
5477 if (fdip_search_ctx != NULL)
|
|
7
|
5478 did_findfile_init = TRUE;
|
|
|
5479 vim_free(buf);
|
|
|
5480 }
|
|
|
5481 }
|
|
|
5482 }
|
|
|
5483 if (file_name == NULL && (options & FNAME_MESS))
|
|
|
5484 {
|
|
|
5485 if (first == TRUE)
|
|
|
5486 {
|
|
|
5487 if (need_dir)
|
|
|
5488 EMSG2(_("E344: Can't find directory \"%s\" in cdpath"),
|
|
359
|
5489 ff_file_to_find);
|
|
7
|
5490 else
|
|
|
5491 EMSG2(_("E345: Can't find file \"%s\" in path"),
|
|
359
|
5492 ff_file_to_find);
|
|
7
|
5493 }
|
|
|
5494 else
|
|
|
5495 {
|
|
|
5496 if (need_dir)
|
|
|
5497 EMSG2(_("E346: No more directory \"%s\" found in cdpath"),
|
|
359
|
5498 ff_file_to_find);
|
|
7
|
5499 else
|
|
|
5500 EMSG2(_("E347: No more file \"%s\" found in path"),
|
|
359
|
5501 ff_file_to_find);
|
|
7
|
5502 }
|
|
|
5503 }
|
|
|
5504
|
|
|
5505 theend:
|
|
|
5506 #ifdef AMIGA
|
|
|
5507 proc->pr_WindowPtr = save_winptr;
|
|
|
5508 #endif
|
|
|
5509 return file_name;
|
|
|
5510 }
|
|
|
5511
|
|
|
5512 #endif /* FEAT_SEARCHPATH */
|
|
|
5513
|
|
|
5514 /*
|
|
|
5515 * Change directory to "new_dir". If FEAT_SEARCHPATH is defined, search
|
|
|
5516 * 'cdpath' for relative directory names, otherwise just mch_chdir().
|
|
|
5517 */
|
|
|
5518 int
|
|
|
5519 vim_chdir(new_dir)
|
|
|
5520 char_u *new_dir;
|
|
|
5521 {
|
|
|
5522 #ifndef FEAT_SEARCHPATH
|
|
|
5523 return mch_chdir((char *)new_dir);
|
|
|
5524 #else
|
|
|
5525 char_u *dir_name;
|
|
|
5526 int r;
|
|
|
5527
|
|
|
5528 dir_name = find_directory_in_path(new_dir, (int)STRLEN(new_dir),
|
|
|
5529 FNAME_MESS, curbuf->b_ffname);
|
|
|
5530 if (dir_name == NULL)
|
|
|
5531 return -1;
|
|
|
5532 r = mch_chdir((char *)dir_name);
|
|
|
5533 vim_free(dir_name);
|
|
|
5534 return r;
|
|
|
5535 #endif
|
|
|
5536 }
|
|
|
5537
|
|
|
5538 /*
|
|
418
|
5539 * Get user name from machine-specific function.
|
|
7
|
5540 * Returns the user name in "buf[len]".
|
|
418
|
5541 * Some systems are quite slow in obtaining the user name (Windows NT), thus
|
|
|
5542 * cache the result.
|
|
7
|
5543 * Returns OK or FAIL.
|
|
|
5544 */
|
|
|
5545 int
|
|
|
5546 get_user_name(buf, len)
|
|
|
5547 char_u *buf;
|
|
|
5548 int len;
|
|
|
5549 {
|
|
359
|
5550 if (username == NULL)
|
|
7
|
5551 {
|
|
|
5552 if (mch_get_user_name(buf, len) == FAIL)
|
|
|
5553 return FAIL;
|
|
359
|
5554 username = vim_strsave(buf);
|
|
7
|
5555 }
|
|
|
5556 else
|
|
418
|
5557 vim_strncpy(buf, username, len - 1);
|
|
7
|
5558 return OK;
|
|
|
5559 }
|
|
|
5560
|
|
|
5561 #ifndef HAVE_QSORT
|
|
|
5562 /*
|
|
|
5563 * Our own qsort(), for systems that don't have it.
|
|
|
5564 * It's simple and slow. From the K&R C book.
|
|
|
5565 */
|
|
|
5566 void
|
|
|
5567 qsort(base, elm_count, elm_size, cmp)
|
|
|
5568 void *base;
|
|
|
5569 size_t elm_count;
|
|
|
5570 size_t elm_size;
|
|
|
5571 int (*cmp) __ARGS((const void *, const void *));
|
|
|
5572 {
|
|
|
5573 char_u *buf;
|
|
|
5574 char_u *p1;
|
|
|
5575 char_u *p2;
|
|
|
5576 int i, j;
|
|
|
5577 int gap;
|
|
|
5578
|
|
|
5579 buf = alloc((unsigned)elm_size);
|
|
|
5580 if (buf == NULL)
|
|
|
5581 return;
|
|
|
5582
|
|
|
5583 for (gap = elm_count / 2; gap > 0; gap /= 2)
|
|
|
5584 for (i = gap; i < elm_count; ++i)
|
|
|
5585 for (j = i - gap; j >= 0; j -= gap)
|
|
|
5586 {
|
|
|
5587 /* Compare the elements. */
|
|
|
5588 p1 = (char_u *)base + j * elm_size;
|
|
|
5589 p2 = (char_u *)base + (j + gap) * elm_size;
|
|
|
5590 if ((*cmp)((void *)p1, (void *)p2) <= 0)
|
|
|
5591 break;
|
|
|
5592 /* Exchange the elemets. */
|
|
|
5593 mch_memmove(buf, p1, elm_size);
|
|
|
5594 mch_memmove(p1, p2, elm_size);
|
|
|
5595 mch_memmove(p2, buf, elm_size);
|
|
|
5596 }
|
|
|
5597
|
|
|
5598 vim_free(buf);
|
|
|
5599 }
|
|
|
5600 #endif
|
|
|
5601
|
|
|
5602 /*
|
|
|
5603 * Sort an array of strings.
|
|
|
5604 */
|
|
|
5605 static int
|
|
|
5606 #ifdef __BORLANDC__
|
|
|
5607 _RTLENTRYF
|
|
|
5608 #endif
|
|
|
5609 sort_compare __ARGS((const void *s1, const void *s2));
|
|
|
5610
|
|
|
5611 static int
|
|
|
5612 #ifdef __BORLANDC__
|
|
|
5613 _RTLENTRYF
|
|
|
5614 #endif
|
|
|
5615 sort_compare(s1, s2)
|
|
|
5616 const void *s1;
|
|
|
5617 const void *s2;
|
|
|
5618 {
|
|
|
5619 return STRCMP(*(char **)s1, *(char **)s2);
|
|
|
5620 }
|
|
|
5621
|
|
|
5622 void
|
|
|
5623 sort_strings(files, count)
|
|
|
5624 char_u **files;
|
|
|
5625 int count;
|
|
|
5626 {
|
|
|
5627 qsort((void *)files, (size_t)count, sizeof(char_u *), sort_compare);
|
|
|
5628 }
|
|
|
5629
|
|
|
5630 #if !defined(NO_EXPANDPATH) || defined(PROTO)
|
|
|
5631 /*
|
|
|
5632 * Compare path "p[]" to "q[]".
|
|
39
|
5633 * If "maxlen" >= 0 compare "p[maxlen]" to "q[maxlen]"
|
|
7
|
5634 * Return value like strcmp(p, q), but consider path separators.
|
|
|
5635 */
|
|
|
5636 int
|
|
39
|
5637 pathcmp(p, q, maxlen)
|
|
7
|
5638 const char *p, *q;
|
|
39
|
5639 int maxlen;
|
|
7
|
5640 {
|
|
|
5641 int i;
|
|
41
|
5642 const char *s = NULL;
|
|
7
|
5643
|
|
39
|
5644 for (i = 0; maxlen < 0 || i < maxlen; ++i)
|
|
7
|
5645 {
|
|
|
5646 /* End of "p": check if "q" also ends or just has a slash. */
|
|
|
5647 if (p[i] == NUL)
|
|
|
5648 {
|
|
|
5649 if (q[i] == NUL) /* full match */
|
|
|
5650 return 0;
|
|
|
5651 s = q;
|
|
|
5652 break;
|
|
|
5653 }
|
|
|
5654
|
|
|
5655 /* End of "q": check if "p" just has a slash. */
|
|
|
5656 if (q[i] == NUL)
|
|
|
5657 {
|
|
|
5658 s = p;
|
|
|
5659 break;
|
|
|
5660 }
|
|
|
5661
|
|
|
5662 if (
|
|
|
5663 #ifdef CASE_INSENSITIVE_FILENAME
|
|
|
5664 TOUPPER_LOC(p[i]) != TOUPPER_LOC(q[i])
|
|
|
5665 #else
|
|
|
5666 p[i] != q[i]
|
|
|
5667 #endif
|
|
|
5668 #ifdef BACKSLASH_IN_FILENAME
|
|
|
5669 /* consider '/' and '\\' to be equal */
|
|
|
5670 && !((p[i] == '/' && q[i] == '\\')
|
|
|
5671 || (p[i] == '\\' && q[i] == '/'))
|
|
|
5672 #endif
|
|
|
5673 )
|
|
|
5674 {
|
|
|
5675 if (vim_ispathsep(p[i]))
|
|
|
5676 return -1;
|
|
|
5677 if (vim_ispathsep(q[i]))
|
|
|
5678 return 1;
|
|
|
5679 return ((char_u *)p)[i] - ((char_u *)q)[i]; /* no match */
|
|
|
5680 }
|
|
|
5681 }
|
|
41
|
5682 if (s == NULL) /* "i" ran into "maxlen" */
|
|
|
5683 return 0;
|
|
7
|
5684
|
|
|
5685 /* ignore a trailing slash, but not "//" or ":/" */
|
|
41
|
5686 if (s[i + 1] == NUL
|
|
|
5687 && i > 0
|
|
|
5688 && !after_pathsep((char_u *)s, (char_u *)s + i)
|
|
7
|
5689 #ifdef BACKSLASH_IN_FILENAME
|
|
41
|
5690 && (s[i] == '/' || s[i] == '\\')
|
|
7
|
5691 #else
|
|
41
|
5692 && s[i] == '/'
|
|
7
|
5693 #endif
|
|
41
|
5694 )
|
|
7
|
5695 return 0; /* match with trailing slash */
|
|
|
5696 if (s == q)
|
|
|
5697 return -1; /* no match */
|
|
|
5698 return 1;
|
|
|
5699 }
|
|
|
5700 #endif
|
|
|
5701
|
|
|
5702 /*
|
|
|
5703 * The putenv() implementation below comes from the "screen" program.
|
|
|
5704 * Included with permission from Juergen Weigert.
|
|
|
5705 * See pty.c for the copyright notice.
|
|
|
5706 */
|
|
|
5707
|
|
|
5708 /*
|
|
|
5709 * putenv -- put value into environment
|
|
|
5710 *
|
|
|
5711 * Usage: i = putenv (string)
|
|
|
5712 * int i;
|
|
|
5713 * char *string;
|
|
|
5714 *
|
|
|
5715 * where string is of the form <name>=<value>.
|
|
|
5716 * Putenv returns 0 normally, -1 on error (not enough core for malloc).
|
|
|
5717 *
|
|
|
5718 * Putenv may need to add a new name into the environment, or to
|
|
|
5719 * associate a value longer than the current value with a particular
|
|
|
5720 * name. So, to make life simpler, putenv() copies your entire
|
|
|
5721 * environment into the heap (i.e. malloc()) from the stack
|
|
|
5722 * (i.e. where it resides when your process is initiated) the first
|
|
|
5723 * time you call it.
|
|
|
5724 *
|
|
|
5725 * (history removed, not very interesting. See the "screen" sources.)
|
|
|
5726 */
|
|
|
5727
|
|
|
5728 #if !defined(HAVE_SETENV) && !defined(HAVE_PUTENV)
|
|
|
5729
|
|
|
5730 #define EXTRASIZE 5 /* increment to add to env. size */
|
|
|
5731
|
|
|
5732 static int envsize = -1; /* current size of environment */
|
|
|
5733 #ifndef MACOS_CLASSIC
|
|
|
5734 extern
|
|
|
5735 #endif
|
|
|
5736 char **environ; /* the global which is your env. */
|
|
|
5737
|
|
|
5738 static int findenv __ARGS((char *name)); /* look for a name in the env. */
|
|
|
5739 static int newenv __ARGS((void)); /* copy env. from stack to heap */
|
|
|
5740 static int moreenv __ARGS((void)); /* incr. size of env. */
|
|
|
5741
|
|
|
5742 int
|
|
|
5743 putenv(string)
|
|
|
5744 const char *string;
|
|
|
5745 {
|
|
|
5746 int i;
|
|
|
5747 char *p;
|
|
|
5748
|
|
|
5749 if (envsize < 0)
|
|
|
5750 { /* first time putenv called */
|
|
|
5751 if (newenv() < 0) /* copy env. to heap */
|
|
|
5752 return -1;
|
|
|
5753 }
|
|
|
5754
|
|
|
5755 i = findenv((char *)string); /* look for name in environment */
|
|
|
5756
|
|
|
5757 if (i < 0)
|
|
|
5758 { /* name must be added */
|
|
|
5759 for (i = 0; environ[i]; i++);
|
|
|
5760 if (i >= (envsize - 1))
|
|
|
5761 { /* need new slot */
|
|
|
5762 if (moreenv() < 0)
|
|
|
5763 return -1;
|
|
|
5764 }
|
|
|
5765 p = (char *)alloc((unsigned)(strlen(string) + 1));
|
|
|
5766 if (p == NULL) /* not enough core */
|
|
|
5767 return -1;
|
|
|
5768 environ[i + 1] = 0; /* new end of env. */
|
|
|
5769 }
|
|
|
5770 else
|
|
|
5771 { /* name already in env. */
|
|
|
5772 p = vim_realloc(environ[i], strlen(string) + 1);
|
|
|
5773 if (p == NULL)
|
|
|
5774 return -1;
|
|
|
5775 }
|
|
|
5776 sprintf(p, "%s", string); /* copy into env. */
|
|
|
5777 environ[i] = p;
|
|
|
5778
|
|
|
5779 return 0;
|
|
|
5780 }
|
|
|
5781
|
|
|
5782 static int
|
|
|
5783 findenv(name)
|
|
|
5784 char *name;
|
|
|
5785 {
|
|
|
5786 char *namechar, *envchar;
|
|
|
5787 int i, found;
|
|
|
5788
|
|
|
5789 found = 0;
|
|
|
5790 for (i = 0; environ[i] && !found; i++)
|
|
|
5791 {
|
|
|
5792 envchar = environ[i];
|
|
|
5793 namechar = name;
|
|
|
5794 while (*namechar && *namechar != '=' && (*namechar == *envchar))
|
|
|
5795 {
|
|
|
5796 namechar++;
|
|
|
5797 envchar++;
|
|
|
5798 }
|
|
|
5799 found = ((*namechar == '\0' || *namechar == '=') && *envchar == '=');
|
|
|
5800 }
|
|
|
5801 return found ? i - 1 : -1;
|
|
|
5802 }
|
|
|
5803
|
|
|
5804 static int
|
|
|
5805 newenv()
|
|
|
5806 {
|
|
|
5807 char **env, *elem;
|
|
|
5808 int i, esize;
|
|
|
5809
|
|
|
5810 #ifdef MACOS
|
|
|
5811 /* for Mac a new, empty environment is created */
|
|
|
5812 i = 0;
|
|
|
5813 #else
|
|
|
5814 for (i = 0; environ[i]; i++)
|
|
|
5815 ;
|
|
|
5816 #endif
|
|
|
5817 esize = i + EXTRASIZE + 1;
|
|
|
5818 env = (char **)alloc((unsigned)(esize * sizeof (elem)));
|
|
|
5819 if (env == NULL)
|
|
|
5820 return -1;
|
|
|
5821
|
|
|
5822 #ifndef MACOS
|
|
|
5823 for (i = 0; environ[i]; i++)
|
|
|
5824 {
|
|
|
5825 elem = (char *)alloc((unsigned)(strlen(environ[i]) + 1));
|
|
|
5826 if (elem == NULL)
|
|
|
5827 return -1;
|
|
|
5828 env[i] = elem;
|
|
|
5829 strcpy(elem, environ[i]);
|
|
|
5830 }
|
|
|
5831 #endif
|
|
|
5832
|
|
|
5833 env[i] = 0;
|
|
|
5834 environ = env;
|
|
|
5835 envsize = esize;
|
|
|
5836 return 0;
|
|
|
5837 }
|
|
|
5838
|
|
|
5839 static int
|
|
|
5840 moreenv()
|
|
|
5841 {
|
|
|
5842 int esize;
|
|
|
5843 char **env;
|
|
|
5844
|
|
|
5845 esize = envsize + EXTRASIZE;
|
|
|
5846 env = (char **)vim_realloc((char *)environ, esize * sizeof (*env));
|
|
|
5847 if (env == 0)
|
|
|
5848 return -1;
|
|
|
5849 environ = env;
|
|
|
5850 envsize = esize;
|
|
|
5851 return 0;
|
|
|
5852 }
|
|
|
5853
|
|
|
5854 # ifdef USE_VIMPTY_GETENV
|
|
|
5855 char_u *
|
|
|
5856 vimpty_getenv(string)
|
|
|
5857 const char_u *string;
|
|
|
5858 {
|
|
|
5859 int i;
|
|
|
5860 char_u *p;
|
|
|
5861
|
|
|
5862 if (envsize < 0)
|
|
|
5863 return NULL;
|
|
|
5864
|
|
|
5865 i = findenv((char *)string);
|
|
|
5866
|
|
|
5867 if (i < 0)
|
|
|
5868 return NULL;
|
|
|
5869
|
|
|
5870 p = vim_strchr((char_u *)environ[i], '=');
|
|
|
5871 return (p + 1);
|
|
|
5872 }
|
|
|
5873 # endif
|
|
|
5874
|
|
|
5875 #endif /* !defined(HAVE_SETENV) && !defined(HAVE_PUTENV) */
|
|
313
|
5876
|
|
741
|
5877 #if defined(FEAT_EVAL) || defined(FEAT_SPELL) || defined(PROTO)
|
|
313
|
5878 /*
|
|
|
5879 * Return 0 for not writable, 1 for writable file, 2 for a dir which we have
|
|
|
5880 * rights to write into.
|
|
|
5881 */
|
|
|
5882 int
|
|
|
5883 filewritable(fname)
|
|
|
5884 char_u *fname;
|
|
|
5885 {
|
|
|
5886 int retval = 0;
|
|
|
5887 #if defined(UNIX) || defined(VMS)
|
|
|
5888 int perm = 0;
|
|
|
5889 #endif
|
|
|
5890
|
|
|
5891 #if defined(UNIX) || defined(VMS)
|
|
|
5892 perm = mch_getperm(fname);
|
|
|
5893 #endif
|
|
|
5894 #ifndef MACOS_CLASSIC /* TODO: get either mch_writable or mch_access */
|
|
|
5895 if (
|
|
|
5896 # ifdef WIN3264
|
|
|
5897 mch_writable(fname) &&
|
|
|
5898 # else
|
|
|
5899 # if defined(UNIX) || defined(VMS)
|
|
|
5900 (perm & 0222) &&
|
|
|
5901 # endif
|
|
|
5902 # endif
|
|
|
5903 mch_access((char *)fname, W_OK) == 0
|
|
|
5904 )
|
|
|
5905 #endif
|
|
|
5906 {
|
|
|
5907 ++retval;
|
|
|
5908 if (mch_isdir(fname))
|
|
|
5909 ++retval;
|
|
|
5910 }
|
|
|
5911 return retval;
|
|
|
5912 }
|
|
|
5913 #endif
|
|
332
|
5914
|
|
|
5915 /*
|
|
|
5916 * Print an error message with one or two "%s" and one or two string arguments.
|
|
|
5917 * This is not in message.c to avoid a warning for prototypes.
|
|
|
5918 */
|
|
|
5919 int
|
|
|
5920 emsg3(s, a1, a2)
|
|
|
5921 char_u *s, *a1, *a2;
|
|
|
5922 {
|
|
840
|
5923 if (emsg_not_now())
|
|
332
|
5924 return TRUE; /* no error messages at the moment */
|
|
840
|
5925 vim_snprintf((char *)IObuff, IOSIZE, (char *)s, (long_u)a1, (long_u)a2);
|
|
332
|
5926 return emsg(IObuff);
|
|
|
5927 }
|
|
|
5928
|
|
|
5929 /*
|
|
|
5930 * Print an error message with one "%ld" and one long int argument.
|
|
|
5931 * This is not in message.c to avoid a warning for prototypes.
|
|
|
5932 */
|
|
|
5933 int
|
|
|
5934 emsgn(s, n)
|
|
|
5935 char_u *s;
|
|
|
5936 long n;
|
|
|
5937 {
|
|
840
|
5938 if (emsg_not_now())
|
|
332
|
5939 return TRUE; /* no error messages at the moment */
|
|
|
5940 vim_snprintf((char *)IObuff, IOSIZE, (char *)s, n);
|
|
|
5941 return emsg(IObuff);
|
|
|
5942 }
|
